Rename `typename' in d-exp.y to avoid C++ reserved word
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "infrun.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
37 #include "target.h"
38 #include "language.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "block.h"
51 #include "solib.h"
52 #include "solist.h"
53 #include "observer.h"
54 #include "memattr.h"
55 #include "ada-lang.h"
56 #include "top.h"
57 #include "valprint.h"
58 #include "jit.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "probe.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
64 #include "stack.h"
65 #include "skip.h"
66 #include "ax-gdb.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
68 #include "interps.h"
69 #include "format.h"
70 #include "location.h"
71
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
75
76 /* readline defines this. */
77 #undef savestring
78
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "extension.h"
81
82 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
83 enum exception_event_kind
84 {
85 EX_EVENT_THROW,
86 EX_EVENT_RETHROW,
87 EX_EVENT_CATCH
88 };
89
90 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
91
92 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
93
94 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
95
96 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
97
98 static void disable_command (char *, int);
99
100 static void enable_command (char *, int);
101
102 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
103 void *),
104 void *);
105
106 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
107
108 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
109
110 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
111
112 static void
113 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
114 struct linespec_result *canonical,
115 enum bptype type_wanted);
116
117 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
118 struct linespec_result *,
119 char *, char *, enum bptype,
120 enum bpdisp, int, int,
121 int,
122 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
123 int, int, int, unsigned);
124
125 static void decode_location_default (struct breakpoint *b,
126 const struct event_location *location,
127 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals);
128
129 static void clear_command (char *, int);
130
131 static void catch_command (char *, int);
132
133 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
134
135 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
136
137 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
138
139 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
140 enum bptype,
141 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
142 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
143 const struct symtab_and_line *);
144
145 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
146 static. */
147 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
148 struct symtab_and_line,
149 enum bptype,
150 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
151
152 static struct breakpoint *
153 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
154 enum bptype type,
155 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
156 int loc_enabled);
157
158 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
159
160 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
161 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
162 enum bptype bptype);
163
164 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
165 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
166 struct obj_section *, int);
167
168 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
169 struct bp_location *loc2);
170
171 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
172 struct address_space *aspace,
173 CORE_ADDR addr);
174
175 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
176
177 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
178
179 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
180 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
181
182 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
183
184 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
185
186 static void commands_command (char *, int);
187
188 static void condition_command (char *, int);
189
190 typedef enum
191 {
192 mark_inserted,
193 mark_uninserted
194 }
195 insertion_state_t;
196
197 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
198 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
199
200 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
201
202 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
203
204 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
205
206 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
207
208 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
209
210 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
211 enum bptype type,
212 int *other_type_used);
213
214 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
215
216 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
217
218 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
219 int count);
220
221 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
222
223 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
224
225 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
226
227 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
228
229 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
230 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
231 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
232
233 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
234
235 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
236 insert locations now. */
237 enum ugll_insert_mode
238 {
239 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
240 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
241 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
242 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
243 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
244 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
245 returns true on them.
246
247 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
248 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
249 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
250 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
251 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
252 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
253 the inferior. */
254 UGLL_DONT_INSERT,
255
256 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
257 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
258 UGLL_MAY_INSERT,
259
260 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
261 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
262 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
263 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
264 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
265 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
266 as no thread is running yet. */
267 UGLL_INSERT
268 };
269
270 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode);
271
272 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode);
273
274 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
275
276 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
277
278 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
279
280 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
281
282 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
283
284 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
285
286 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
287
288 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
289
290 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
291
292 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
293
294 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
295 otherwise. */
296
297 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
298
299 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
300 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
301 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
302 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
303
304 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
305 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
306
307 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
308 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
309
310 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
311 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
312
313 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
314 breakpoints. */
315 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
316
317 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
318 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
319
320 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
321 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
322
323 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
324 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
325 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
326 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
327 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
328 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
329
330 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
331 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
332 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
333 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
334 dprintf_style_gdb,
335 dprintf_style_call,
336 dprintf_style_agent,
337 NULL
338 };
339 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
340
341 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
342 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
343 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
344 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
345
346 static char *dprintf_function = "";
347
348 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
349 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
350 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
351 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
352 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
353 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
354 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
355
356 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
357
358 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
359 has disconnected. */
360 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
361
362 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
363 breakpoints share a single command list. */
364 struct counted_command_line
365 {
366 /* The reference count. */
367 int refc;
368
369 /* The command list. */
370 struct command_line *commands;
371 };
372
373 struct command_line *
374 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
375 {
376 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
377 }
378
379 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
380 current breakpoint. */
381
382 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
383
384 const char *
385 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
386 {
387 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
388 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
389 a breakpoint. */
390 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
391
392 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
393 }
394
395 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
396 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
397 if such is available. */
398 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
399
400 static void
401 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
402 struct cmd_list_element *c,
403 const char *value)
404 {
405 fprintf_filtered (file,
406 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
407 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
408 value);
409 }
410
411 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
412 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
413 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
414 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
415 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
416 static void
417 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
418 struct cmd_list_element *c,
419 const char *value)
420 {
421 fprintf_filtered (file,
422 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
423 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
424 value);
425 }
426
427 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
428 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
429 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
430 use hardware breakpoints. */
431 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
432 static void
433 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
434 struct cmd_list_element *c,
435 const char *value)
436 {
437 fprintf_filtered (file,
438 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
439 value);
440 }
441
442 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
443 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
444 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
445 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
446 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
447 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
448 processing user input. */
449 static int always_inserted_mode = 0;
450
451 static void
452 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
453 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
454 {
455 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
456 value);
457 }
458
459 /* See breakpoint.h. */
460
461 int
462 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
463 {
464 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
465 {
466 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
467 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
468 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
469 return 1;
470 }
471 else if (target_has_execution)
472 {
473 struct thread_info *tp;
474
475 if (always_inserted_mode)
476 {
477 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
478 are stopped. */
479 return 1;
480 }
481
482 if (threads_are_executing ())
483 return 1;
484
485 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
486 stopped, we still have events to process. */
487 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp)
488 if (tp->resumed
489 && tp->suspend.waitstatus_pending_p)
490 return 1;
491 }
492 return 0;
493 }
494
495 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
496
497 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
498 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
499 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
500 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
501 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
502 condition_evaluation_auto,
503 condition_evaluation_host,
504 condition_evaluation_target,
505 NULL
506 };
507
508 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
509 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
510
511 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
512 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
513 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
514
515 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
516 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
517 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
518 evaluation mode. */
519
520 static const char *
521 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
522 {
523 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
524 {
525 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
526 return condition_evaluation_target;
527 else
528 return condition_evaluation_host;
529 }
530 else
531 return mode;
532 }
533
534 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
535
536 static const char *
537 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
538 {
539 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
540 }
541
542 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
543 otherwise. */
544
545 static int
546 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
547 {
548 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
549
550 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
551 }
552
553 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
554
555 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
556 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
557
558 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
559 static int overlay_events_enabled;
560
561 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
562 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
563
564 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
565 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
566 current breakpoint. */
567
568 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
569
570 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
571 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
572 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
573 B = TMP)
574
575 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
576 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
577 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
578
579 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
580 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
581 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
582 BP_TMP++)
583
584 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
585 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
586 to where the loop should start from.
587 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
588 appropriate location to start with. */
589
590 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
591 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
592 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
593 BP_LOCP_START \
594 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
595 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
596 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
597
598 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
599
600 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
601 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
602 if (is_tracepoint (B))
603
604 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
605
606 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
607
608 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
609
610 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
611
612 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
613
614 static unsigned bp_location_count;
615
616 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
617 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
618 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
619 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
620 an address you need to read. */
621
622 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
623
624 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
625 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
626 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
627 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
628 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
629
630 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
631
632 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
633 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
634 by a target. */
635 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
636
637 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
638
639 static int breakpoint_count;
640
641 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
642 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
643 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
644 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
645 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
646
647 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
648
649 static int tracepoint_count;
650
651 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
652 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
653 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
654
655 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
656
657 struct breakpoint *
658 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func) (struct breakpoint *b, void *d),
659 void *user_data)
660 {
661 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
662
663 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
664 {
665 if (func (b, user_data) != 0)
666 break;
667 }
668
669 return b;
670 }
671
672 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
673 static int
674 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
675 {
676 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
677 }
678
679 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
680
681 static void
682 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
683 {
684 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
685 breakpoint_count = num;
686 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
687 }
688
689 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
690 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
691 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
692
693 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
694 breakpoint made. */
695
696 void
697 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
698 {
699 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
700 }
701
702 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
703 breakpoint made. */
704
705 void
706 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
707 {
708 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
709 }
710
711 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
712
713 void
714 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
715 {
716 struct breakpoint *b;
717
718 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
719 b->hit_count = 0;
720 }
721
722 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
723 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
724
725 static struct counted_command_line *
726 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
727 {
728 struct counted_command_line *result
729 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
730
731 result->refc = 1;
732 result->commands = commands;
733 return result;
734 }
735
736 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
737
738 static void
739 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
740 {
741 if (cmd)
742 ++cmd->refc;
743 }
744
745 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
746 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
747 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
748
749 static void
750 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
751 {
752 if (*cmdp)
753 {
754 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
755 {
756 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
757 xfree (*cmdp);
758 }
759 *cmdp = NULL;
760 }
761 }
762
763 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
764
765 static void
766 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
767 {
768 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
769 }
770
771 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
772 argument. */
773
774 static struct cleanup *
775 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
776 {
777 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
778 }
779
780 \f
781 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
782 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
783
784 struct breakpoint *
785 get_breakpoint (int num)
786 {
787 struct breakpoint *b;
788
789 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
790 if (b->number == num)
791 return b;
792
793 return NULL;
794 }
795
796 \f
797
798 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
799 evaluating conditions on its side. */
800
801 static void
802 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
803 {
804 struct bp_location *loc;
805
806 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
807 evaluating conditions and if the user has
808 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
809 side. */
810 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
811 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
812 return;
813
814 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
815 return;
816
817 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
818 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
819 }
820
821 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
822 evaluating conditions on its side. */
823
824 static void
825 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
826 {
827 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
828 evaluating conditions and if the user has
829 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
830 side. */
831 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
832 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
833
834 return;
835
836 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
837 return;
838
839 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
840 }
841
842 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
843 condition_evaluation_mode. */
844
845 static void
846 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
847 struct cmd_list_element *c)
848 {
849 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
850
851 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
852 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
853 {
854 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
855 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
856 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
857 return;
858 }
859
860 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
861 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
862
863 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
864 settings was "auto". */
865 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
866
867 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
868 if (new_mode != old_mode)
869 {
870 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
871 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
872 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
873
874 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
875 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
876 */
877
878 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
879 {
880 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
881 target. */
882 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
883 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
884 }
885 else
886 {
887 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
888 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
889 target knows about. */
890 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
891 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
892 loc->needs_update = 1;
893 }
894
895 /* Do the update. */
896 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
897 }
898
899 return;
900 }
901
902 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
903 what "auto" is translating to. */
904
905 static void
906 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
907 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
908 {
909 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
910 fprintf_filtered (file,
911 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
912 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
913 value,
914 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
915 else
916 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
917 value);
918 }
919
920 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
921 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
922 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
923
924 static int
925 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
926 {
927 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
928 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
929
930 if (a->address == b->address)
931 return 0;
932 else
933 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
934 }
935
936 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
937 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
938 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
939 return NULL. */
940
941 static struct bp_location **
942 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
943 {
944 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
945 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
946 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
947
948 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
949 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
950 dummy_loc.address = address;
951
952 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
953 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
954 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
955 bp_location_compare_addrs);
956
957 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
958 if (locp_found == NULL)
959 return NULL;
960
961 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
962 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
963 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
964 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
965 locp_found--;
966
967 return locp_found;
968 }
969
970 void
971 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, const char *exp,
972 int from_tty)
973 {
974 xfree (b->cond_string);
975 b->cond_string = NULL;
976
977 if (is_watchpoint (b))
978 {
979 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
980
981 xfree (w->cond_exp);
982 w->cond_exp = NULL;
983 }
984 else
985 {
986 struct bp_location *loc;
987
988 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
989 {
990 xfree (loc->cond);
991 loc->cond = NULL;
992
993 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
994 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
995 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
996 }
997 }
998
999 if (*exp == 0)
1000 {
1001 if (from_tty)
1002 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
1003 }
1004 else
1005 {
1006 const char *arg = exp;
1007
1008 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1009 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1010 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
1011 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
1012
1013 if (is_watchpoint (b))
1014 {
1015 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
1016
1017 innermost_block = NULL;
1018 arg = exp;
1019 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
1020 if (*arg)
1021 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1022 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
1023 }
1024 else
1025 {
1026 struct bp_location *loc;
1027
1028 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1029 {
1030 arg = exp;
1031 loc->cond =
1032 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
1033 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
1034 if (*arg)
1035 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1036 }
1037 }
1038 }
1039 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
1040
1041 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1042 }
1043
1044 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1045
1046 static VEC (char_ptr) *
1047 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
1048 const char *text, const char *word)
1049 {
1050 const char *space;
1051
1052 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
1053 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
1054 if (*space == '\0')
1055 {
1056 int len;
1057 struct breakpoint *b;
1058 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1059
1060 if (text[0] == '$')
1061 {
1062 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1063 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1064 return NULL;
1065 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1066 }
1067
1068 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1069 len = strlen (text);
1070
1071 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1072 {
1073 char number[50];
1074
1075 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1076
1077 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1078 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1079 }
1080
1081 return result;
1082 }
1083
1084 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1085 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1086 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1087 }
1088
1089 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1090
1091 static void
1092 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1093 {
1094 struct breakpoint *b;
1095 char *p;
1096 int bnum;
1097
1098 if (arg == 0)
1099 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1100
1101 p = arg;
1102 bnum = get_number (&p);
1103 if (bnum == 0)
1104 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1105
1106 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1107 if (b->number == bnum)
1108 {
1109 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1110 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1111 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1112 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
1113 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
1114
1115 if (extlang != NULL)
1116 {
1117 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1118 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1119 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
1120 }
1121 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1122
1123 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1124 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
1125
1126 return;
1127 }
1128
1129 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1130 }
1131
1132 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1133 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1134 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1135
1136 static void
1137 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1138 {
1139 struct command_line *c;
1140
1141 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1142 {
1143 int i;
1144
1145 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1146 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1147 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1148
1149 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1150 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1151
1152 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1153 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1154 command directly. */
1155 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1156 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1157
1158 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1159 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1160 }
1161 }
1162
1163 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1164
1165 static int
1166 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1167 {
1168 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1169 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1170 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1171 }
1172
1173 int
1174 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1175 {
1176 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1177 }
1178
1179 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1180 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1181 found. */
1182
1183 static void
1184 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1185 struct command_line *commands)
1186 {
1187 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1188 {
1189 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1190 struct command_line *c;
1191 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1192
1193 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1194 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1195 ones might not. */
1196 t->step_count = 0;
1197
1198 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1199 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1200 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1201 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1202 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1203 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1204 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1205 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1206 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1207 tracepoint's context. */
1208 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1209 {
1210 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1211 {
1212 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1213 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1214 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1215 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1216 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1217 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1218
1219 if (while_stepping)
1220 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1221 "can be used only once"));
1222 else
1223 while_stepping = c;
1224 }
1225
1226 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1227 }
1228 if (while_stepping)
1229 {
1230 struct command_line *c2;
1231
1232 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1233 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1234 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1235 {
1236 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1237 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1238 }
1239 }
1240 }
1241 else
1242 {
1243 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1244 }
1245 }
1246
1247 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1248 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1249
1250 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1251 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1252 {
1253 struct breakpoint *b;
1254 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1255 struct bp_location *loc;
1256
1257 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1258 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1259 {
1260 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1261 if (loc->address == addr)
1262 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1263 }
1264
1265 return found;
1266 }
1267
1268 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1269 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1270
1271 void
1272 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1273 struct command_line *commands)
1274 {
1275 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1276
1277 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1278 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1279 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1280 }
1281
1282 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1283 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1284 commands. */
1285
1286 void
1287 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1288 {
1289 int old_silent = b->silent;
1290
1291 b->silent = silent;
1292 if (old_silent != silent)
1293 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1294 }
1295
1296 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1297 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1298
1299 void
1300 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1301 {
1302 int old_thread = b->thread;
1303
1304 b->thread = thread;
1305 if (old_thread != thread)
1306 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1307 }
1308
1309 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1310 breakpoint work for any task. */
1311
1312 void
1313 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1314 {
1315 int old_task = b->task;
1316
1317 b->task = task;
1318 if (old_task != task)
1319 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1320 }
1321
1322 void
1323 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1324 {
1325 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1326
1327 validate_actionline (line, b);
1328 }
1329
1330 /* A structure used to pass information through
1331 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1332
1333 struct commands_info
1334 {
1335 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1336 int from_tty;
1337
1338 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1339 char *arg;
1340
1341 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1342 already-parsed command. */
1343 struct command_line *control;
1344
1345 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1346 yet been read. */
1347 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1348 };
1349
1350 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1351 commands_command. */
1352
1353 static void
1354 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1355 {
1356 struct commands_info *info = data;
1357
1358 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1359 {
1360 struct command_line *l;
1361
1362 if (info->control != NULL)
1363 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1364 else
1365 {
1366 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1367 char *str;
1368
1369 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1370 "%s, one per line."),
1371 info->arg);
1372
1373 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1374
1375 l = read_command_lines (str,
1376 info->from_tty, 1,
1377 (is_tracepoint (b)
1378 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1379 b);
1380
1381 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1382 }
1383
1384 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1385 }
1386
1387 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1388 do anything. */
1389 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1390 {
1391 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1392 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1393 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1394 b->commands = info->cmd;
1395 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1396 }
1397 }
1398
1399 static void
1400 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1401 struct command_line *control)
1402 {
1403 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1404 struct commands_info info;
1405
1406 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1407 info.control = control;
1408 info.cmd = NULL;
1409 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1410 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1411 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1412
1413 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1414 {
1415 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1416 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1417 breakpoint_count);
1418 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1419 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1420 else
1421 {
1422 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1423 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1424 numbers will fail in this case. */
1425 arg = NULL;
1426 }
1427 }
1428 else
1429 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1430 our argument. */
1431 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1432
1433 if (arg != NULL)
1434 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1435
1436 info.arg = arg;
1437
1438 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1439
1440 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1441 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1442
1443 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1444 }
1445
1446 static void
1447 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1448 {
1449 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1450 }
1451
1452 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1453 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1454
1455 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1456 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1457 enum command_control_type
1458 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1459 {
1460 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1461 return simple_control;
1462 }
1463
1464 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1465
1466 static int
1467 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1468 {
1469 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1470 return 0;
1471 if (!bl->inserted)
1472 return 0;
1473 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1474 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1475 return 0;
1476 return 1;
1477 }
1478
1479 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1480 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1481 contents.
1482
1483 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1484 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1485 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1486
1487 static void
1488 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1489 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1490 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1491 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1492 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1493 {
1494 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1495 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1496 int bp_size = 0;
1497 int bptoffset = 0;
1498
1499 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1500 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1501 {
1502 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1503 return;
1504 }
1505
1506 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1507 we need to copy. */
1508 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1509 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1510
1511 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1512 {
1513 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1514 reading. */
1515 return;
1516 }
1517
1518 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1519 {
1520 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1521 reading. */
1522 return;
1523 }
1524
1525 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1526 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1527 {
1528 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1529 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1530 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1531 bp_addr = memaddr;
1532 }
1533
1534 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1535 {
1536 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1537 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1538 }
1539
1540 if (readbuf != NULL)
1541 {
1542 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1543 shadow_contents buffer. */
1544 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1545 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1546 + target_info->shadow_len));
1547
1548 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1549 shadow. */
1550 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1551 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1552 }
1553 else
1554 {
1555 const unsigned char *bp;
1556 CORE_ADDR addr = target_info->reqstd_address;
1557 int placed_size;
1558
1559 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1560 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1561 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1562
1563 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1564 address. */
1565 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &placed_size);
1566
1567 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1568 breakpoint's INSN. */
1569 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1570 }
1571 }
1572
1573 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1574 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1575
1576 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1577 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1578 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1579
1580 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1581 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1582 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1583 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1584 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1585 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1586 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1587 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1588 and:
1589 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1590
1591 void
1592 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1593 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1594 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1595 {
1596 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1597 search. */
1598 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1599 size_t i;
1600
1601 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1602 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1603 report higher one. */
1604
1605 bc_l = 0;
1606 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1607 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1608 {
1609 struct bp_location *bl;
1610
1611 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1612 bl = bp_location[bc];
1613
1614 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1615 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1616 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1617 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1618
1619 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1620 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1621 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1622
1623 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1624 >= bl->address)
1625 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1626 <= memaddr))
1627 bc_l = bc;
1628 else
1629 bc_r = bc;
1630 }
1631
1632 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1633 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1634 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1635 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1636 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1637 B:
1638
1639 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1640
1641 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1642 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1643 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1644 and L2. */
1645 while (bc_l > 0
1646 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1647 bc_l--;
1648
1649 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1650
1651 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1652 {
1653 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1654 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1655 int bp_size = 0;
1656 int bptoffset = 0;
1657
1658 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1659 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1660 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1661 bl->owner->number);
1662
1663 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1664 content. */
1665
1666 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1667 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1668 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1669 break;
1670
1671 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1672 continue;
1673
1674 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1675 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1676 }
1677 }
1678
1679 \f
1680
1681 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1682 breakpoint. */
1683
1684 int
1685 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1686 {
1687 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1688 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1689 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1690 }
1691
1692 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1693
1694 static int
1695 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1696 {
1697 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1698 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1699 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1700 }
1701
1702 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1703 software. */
1704
1705 int
1706 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1707 {
1708 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1709 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1710 }
1711
1712 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1713 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1714 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1715 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1716 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1717 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1718 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1719 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1720
1721 static int
1722 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1723 {
1724 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1725 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1726 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1727 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1728 }
1729
1730 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1731 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1732
1733 static void
1734 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1735 {
1736 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1737
1738 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1739 {
1740 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1741 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1742 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1743 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1744 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1745 }
1746 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1747 }
1748
1749 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1750 watchpoint W. */
1751
1752 static struct value *
1753 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint *w, struct value *val)
1754 {
1755 struct value *bit_val;
1756
1757 if (val == NULL)
1758 return NULL;
1759
1760 bit_val = allocate_value (value_type (val));
1761
1762 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val,
1763 w->val_bitpos,
1764 w->val_bitsize,
1765 value_contents_for_printing (val),
1766 value_offset (val),
1767 val);
1768
1769 return bit_val;
1770 }
1771
1772 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1773 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1774 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1775 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1776 in b->loc->cond.
1777 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1778
1779 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1780 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1781 it.
1782
1783 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1784 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1785 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1786 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1787 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1788 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1789 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1790 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1791
1792 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1793 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1794 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1795 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1796 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1797 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1798 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1799 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1800 not changed.
1801
1802 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1803 hardware watchpoints:
1804
1805 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1806 called several times when GDB stops.
1807
1808 [linux]
1809 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1810 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1811 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1812 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1813 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1814 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1815 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1816 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1817 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1818 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1819 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1820
1821 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1822 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1823
1824 static void
1825 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1826 {
1827 int within_current_scope;
1828 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1829 int frame_saved;
1830
1831 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1832 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1833 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1834 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1835 return;
1836
1837 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1838 return;
1839
1840 frame_saved = 0;
1841
1842 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1843 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1844 within_current_scope = 1;
1845 else
1846 {
1847 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1848 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1849 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1850
1851 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1852 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1853 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1854 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1855 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1856 return;
1857
1858 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1859 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1860 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1861 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1862 selected frame. */
1863 frame_saved = 1;
1864 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1865
1866 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1867 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1868 if (within_current_scope)
1869 select_frame (fi);
1870 }
1871
1872 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1873 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1874 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1875 b->base.loc = NULL;
1876
1877 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1878 {
1879 const char *s;
1880
1881 if (b->exp)
1882 {
1883 xfree (b->exp);
1884 b->exp = NULL;
1885 }
1886 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1887 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1888 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1889 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1890 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1891 be completely different objects. */
1892 value_free (b->val);
1893 b->val = NULL;
1894 b->val_valid = 0;
1895
1896 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1897 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1898 locations (re)created below. */
1899 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1900 {
1901 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1902 {
1903 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1904 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1905 }
1906
1907 s = b->base.cond_string;
1908 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1909 }
1910 }
1911
1912 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1913 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1914 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1915 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1916 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1917 if (!target_has_execution)
1918 {
1919 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1920 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1921 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1922 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1923 {
1924 if (b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1925 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1926 else
1927 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1928 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1929 }
1930 }
1931 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1932 {
1933 int pc = 0;
1934 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1935 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1936
1937 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1938
1939 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1940 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1941 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1942 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1943 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1944 watchpoints. */
1945 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1946 {
1947 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
1948 {
1949 v = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, v);
1950 if (v != NULL)
1951 release_value (v);
1952 }
1953 b->val = v;
1954 b->val_valid = 1;
1955 }
1956
1957 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1958
1959 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1960 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1961 {
1962 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1963 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1964 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1965 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1966 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1967 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1968 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1969 {
1970 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1971
1972 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1973 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1974 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1975 if (v == result
1976 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1977 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1978 {
1979 CORE_ADDR addr;
1980 enum target_hw_bp_type type;
1981 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1982 int bitpos = 0, bitsize = 0;
1983
1984 if (value_bitsize (v) != 0)
1985 {
1986 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1987 sub-expression. */
1988 bitpos = value_bitpos (v);
1989 bitsize = value_bitsize (v);
1990 }
1991 else if (v == result && b->val_bitsize != 0)
1992 {
1993 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1994 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1995 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1996 bitpos = b->val_bitpos;
1997 bitsize = b->val_bitsize;
1998 }
1999
2000 addr = value_address (v);
2001 if (bitsize != 0)
2002 {
2003 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2004 addr += bitpos / 8;
2005 }
2006
2007 type = hw_write;
2008 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
2009 type = hw_read;
2010 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2011 type = hw_access;
2012
2013 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
2014 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
2015 ;
2016 *tmp = loc;
2017 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
2018
2019 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
2020 loc->address = addr;
2021
2022 if (bitsize != 0)
2023 {
2024 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2025 loc->length = ((bitpos % 8) + bitsize + 7) / 8;
2026 }
2027 else
2028 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
2029
2030 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
2031 }
2032 }
2033 }
2034
2035 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2036 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2037 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2038 is started. */
2039 if (reparse)
2040 {
2041 int reg_cnt;
2042 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
2043 struct bp_location *bl;
2044
2045 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
2046
2047 if (reg_cnt)
2048 {
2049 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
2050 enum bptype type;
2051
2052 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2053 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2054 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
2055
2056 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2057 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2058 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2059 this watchpoint in as well. */
2060
2061 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2062 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2063 hardware watchpoint type. */
2064 type = b->base.type;
2065 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
2066 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
2067
2068 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2069 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2070 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2071 through watch_command), so always account for it
2072 manually. */
2073
2074 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2075 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
2076
2077 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2078 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
2079
2080 target_resources_ok
2081 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
2082 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
2083 {
2084 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
2085
2086 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
2087 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2088 "hardware watchpoint."));
2089 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
2090 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2091 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2092
2093 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2094 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2095 }
2096 else
2097 {
2098 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2099 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2100 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2101 nop. */
2102 b->base.type = type;
2103 }
2104 }
2105 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
2106 {
2107 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
2108 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2109 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2110 else
2111 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2112 "read/access watchpoint."));
2113 }
2114 else
2115 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2116
2117 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
2118 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
2119 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
2120 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
2121 }
2122
2123 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
2124 {
2125 next = value_next (v);
2126 if (v != b->val)
2127 value_free (v);
2128 }
2129
2130 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2131 above left it without any location set up. But,
2132 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2133 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2134 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
2135 {
2136 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
2137 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
2138 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
2139 base->loc->address = -1;
2140 base->loc->length = -1;
2141 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
2142 }
2143 }
2144 else if (!within_current_scope)
2145 {
2146 printf_filtered (_("\
2147 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2148 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2149 b->base.number);
2150 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
2151 }
2152
2153 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2154 if (frame_saved)
2155 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
2156 }
2157
2158
2159 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2160 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2161 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2162 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2163 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2164 static int
2165 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2166 {
2167 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2168 return 0;
2169
2170 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2171 return 0;
2172
2173 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2174 return 0;
2175
2176 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2177 return 0;
2178
2179 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2180 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2181 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2182 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2183 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2184 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2185 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2186 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2187 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2188 return 0;
2189
2190 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2191 location. */
2192 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2193 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2194 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2195 bl->address))
2196 {
2197 if (debug_infrun)
2198 {
2199 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2200 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2201 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2202 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2203 }
2204 return 0;
2205 }
2206
2207 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2208 instruction that triggered one. */
2209 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2210 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2211 {
2212 if (debug_infrun)
2213 {
2214 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2215 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2216 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2217 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2218 bl->length);
2219 }
2220 return 0;
2221 }
2222
2223 return 1;
2224 }
2225
2226 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2227 that the location is not duplicated. */
2228
2229 static int
2230 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2231 {
2232 int result;
2233 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2234
2235 bl->duplicate = 0;
2236 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2237 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2238 return result;
2239 }
2240
2241 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2242 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2243 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2244 any error during parsing. */
2245
2246 static struct agent_expr *
2247 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2248 {
2249 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2250
2251 if (!cond)
2252 return NULL;
2253
2254 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2255 that may show up. */
2256 TRY
2257 {
2258 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2259 }
2260
2261 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2262 {
2263 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2264 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2265 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2266 return NULL;
2267 }
2268 END_CATCH
2269
2270 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2271 return aexpr;
2272 }
2273
2274 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2275 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2276 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2277 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2278 one of them is true. */
2279
2280 static void
2281 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2282 {
2283 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2284 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2285 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2286 struct bp_location *loc;
2287
2288 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2289 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions);
2290
2291 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2292 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2293 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2294 side. */
2295 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2296 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2297 return;
2298
2299 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2300 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2301 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2302 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2303 response back to GDB. */
2304 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2305 {
2306 loc = (*loc2p);
2307 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2308 {
2309 if (modified)
2310 {
2311 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2312
2313 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2314 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2315 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2316 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2317 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2318 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2319
2320 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2321 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2322 to the target. */
2323 if (aexpr)
2324 continue;
2325 }
2326
2327 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2328 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2329 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2330 {
2331 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2332 break;
2333 }
2334 }
2335 }
2336
2337 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2338 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2339 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2340
2341 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2342 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2343 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2344 {
2345 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2346 {
2347 loc = (*loc2p);
2348 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2349 {
2350 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2351 located. */
2352 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2353 return;
2354
2355 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2356 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2357 }
2358 }
2359 }
2360
2361 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2362 for this location's address. */
2363 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2364 {
2365 loc = (*loc2p);
2366 if (loc->cond
2367 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2368 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2369 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2370 && loc->enabled)
2371 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2372 conditions to the target. */
2373 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2374 loc->cond_bytecode);
2375 }
2376
2377 return;
2378 }
2379
2380 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2381 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2382 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2383
2384 static struct agent_expr *
2385 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2386 {
2387 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2388 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2389 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2390 const char *cmdrest;
2391 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2392 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2393 int nargs;
2394 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2395
2396 if (!cmd)
2397 return NULL;
2398
2399 cmdrest = cmd;
2400
2401 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2402 ++cmdrest;
2403 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2404
2405 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2406 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2407
2408 format_start = cmdrest;
2409
2410 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2411
2412 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2413
2414 format_end = cmdrest;
2415
2416 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2417 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2418
2419 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2420
2421 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2422 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2423
2424 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2425 cmdrest++;
2426 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2427
2428 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2429
2430 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2431 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2432
2433 nargs = 0;
2434 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2435 {
2436 const char *cmd1;
2437
2438 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2439 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2440 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2441 cmdrest = cmd1;
2442 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2443 ++cmdrest;
2444 }
2445
2446 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2447 that may show up. */
2448 TRY
2449 {
2450 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2451 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2452 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2453 }
2454 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2455 {
2456 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2457 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2458 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2459 aexpr = NULL;
2460 }
2461 END_CATCH
2462
2463 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2464
2465 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2466 return aexpr;
2467 }
2468
2469 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2470 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2471 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2472
2473 static void
2474 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2475 {
2476 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2477 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2478 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2479 struct bp_location *loc;
2480
2481 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2482 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands);
2483
2484 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2485 return;
2486
2487 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2488 if (dprintf_style != dprintf_style_agent)
2489 return;
2490
2491 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2492 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2493 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2494 control. */
2495 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2496 {
2497 loc = (*loc2p);
2498 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2499 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2500 && loc->owner->type != bp_dprintf)
2501 return;
2502 }
2503
2504 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2505 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2506 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2507 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2508 response back to GDB. */
2509 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2510 {
2511 loc = (*loc2p);
2512 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2513 {
2514 if (modified)
2515 {
2516 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2517
2518 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2519 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2520 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2521 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2522 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2523 loc->owner->extra_string);
2524 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2525
2526 if (!aexpr)
2527 continue;
2528 }
2529
2530 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2531 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2532 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2533 {
2534 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2535 break;
2536 }
2537 }
2538 }
2539
2540 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2541 and so clean up. */
2542 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2543 {
2544 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2545 {
2546 loc = (*loc2p);
2547 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2548 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2549 {
2550 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2551 located. */
2552 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2553 return;
2554
2555 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2556 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2557 }
2558 }
2559 }
2560
2561 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2562 for this location's address. */
2563 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2564 {
2565 loc = (*loc2p);
2566 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2567 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2568 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2569 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2570 && loc->enabled)
2571 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2572 to send the commands to the target. */
2573 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2574 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2575 }
2576
2577 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2578 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2579 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2580 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2581 }
2582
2583 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2584 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2585 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2586 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2587 -1 for failure.
2588
2589 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2590 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2591 static int
2592 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2593 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2594 int *disabled_breaks,
2595 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2596 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2597 {
2598 enum errors bp_err = GDB_NO_ERROR;
2599 const char *bp_err_message = NULL;
2600
2601 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2602 return 0;
2603
2604 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2605 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2606 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2607 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2608 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2609 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2610 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2611 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2612 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2613 bl->target_info.reqstd_address = bl->address;
2614 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2615 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2616
2617 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2618 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2619 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2620 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2621
2622 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2623 {
2624 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2625 build_target_command_list (bl);
2626 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2627 bl->needs_update = 0;
2628 }
2629
2630 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2631 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2632 {
2633 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2634 {
2635 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2636 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2637 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2638
2639 Two important cases are:
2640 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2641 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2642 hardware breakpoint.
2643 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2644 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2645 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2646 so we undo.
2647
2648 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2649 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2650 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2651 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2652 gdb. */
2653 struct mem_region *mr
2654 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.reqstd_address);
2655
2656 if (mr)
2657 {
2658 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2659 {
2660 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2661
2662 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2663 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2664 else
2665 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2666
2667 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2668 {
2669 static int said = 0;
2670
2671 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2672 if (!said)
2673 {
2674 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2675 _("Note: automatically using "
2676 "hardware breakpoints for "
2677 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2678 said = 1;
2679 }
2680 }
2681 }
2682 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2683 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2684 {
2685 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2686 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2687 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2688 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2689 bl->owner->number,
2690 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2691 return 1;
2692 }
2693 }
2694 }
2695
2696 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2697 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2698 || bl->section == NULL
2699 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2700 {
2701 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2702 TRY
2703 {
2704 int val;
2705
2706 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2707 if (val)
2708 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2709 }
2710 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2711 {
2712 bp_err = e.error;
2713 bp_err_message = e.message;
2714 }
2715 END_CATCH
2716 }
2717 else
2718 {
2719 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2720 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2721 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2722 {
2723 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2724 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2725 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2726 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2727 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2728 bl->owner->number);
2729 else
2730 {
2731 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2732 bl->section);
2733 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2734 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2735 bl->overlay_target_info.reqstd_address = addr;
2736
2737 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2738 TRY
2739 {
2740 int val;
2741
2742 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2743 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2744 if (val)
2745 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2746 }
2747 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2748 {
2749 bp_err = e.error;
2750 bp_err_message = e.message;
2751 }
2752 END_CATCH
2753
2754 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2755 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2756 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2757 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2758 bl->owner->number);
2759 }
2760 }
2761 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2762 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2763 {
2764 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2765 TRY
2766 {
2767 int val;
2768
2769 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2770 if (val)
2771 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2772 }
2773 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2774 {
2775 bp_err = e.error;
2776 bp_err_message = e.message;
2777 }
2778 END_CATCH
2779 }
2780 else
2781 {
2782 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2783 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2784 return 0;
2785 }
2786 }
2787
2788 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2789 {
2790 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2791
2792 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2793 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2794 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2795 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2796 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2797 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2798 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2799 errors as memory errors. */
2800 if ((bp_err == GENERIC_ERROR || bp_err == MEMORY_ERROR)
2801 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2802 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2803 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2804 bl->address)))
2805 {
2806 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2807 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2808 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2809 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2810 {
2811 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2812 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2813 bl->owner->number);
2814 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2815 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2816 "library breakpoints:\n");
2817 }
2818 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2819 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2820 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2821 return 0;
2822 }
2823 else
2824 {
2825 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2826 {
2827 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2828 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_err_message != NULL;
2829 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2830 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2831 bl->owner->number, bp_err_message ? ":" : ".\n");
2832 if (bp_err_message != NULL)
2833 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", bp_err_message);
2834 }
2835 else
2836 {
2837 if (bp_err_message == NULL)
2838 {
2839 char *message
2840 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2841 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2842 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2843
2844 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2845 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2846 "%s\n",
2847 bl->owner->number, message);
2848 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2849 }
2850 else
2851 {
2852 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2853 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2854 bl->owner->number,
2855 bp_err_message);
2856 }
2857 }
2858 return 1;
2859
2860 }
2861 }
2862 else
2863 bl->inserted = 1;
2864
2865 return 0;
2866 }
2867
2868 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2869 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2870 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2871 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2872 {
2873 int val;
2874
2875 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2876 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2877
2878 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2879
2880 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2881 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2882 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2883 {
2884 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2885
2886 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2887 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2888 of this one. */
2889 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2890 if (loc != bl
2891 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2892 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2893 {
2894 bl->duplicate = 1;
2895 bl->inserted = 1;
2896 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2897 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2898 val = 0;
2899 break;
2900 }
2901
2902 if (val == 1)
2903 {
2904 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2905 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2906
2907 if (val)
2908 /* Back to the original value. */
2909 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2910 }
2911 }
2912
2913 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2914 }
2915
2916 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2917 {
2918 int val;
2919
2920 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2921 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2922
2923 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2924 if (val)
2925 {
2926 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2927
2928 if (val == 1)
2929 warning (_("\
2930 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2931 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2932 else
2933 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2934 }
2935
2936 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2937
2938 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2939 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2940 so just return success. */
2941 return 0;
2942 }
2943
2944 return 0;
2945 }
2946
2947 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2948 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2949 PSPACE anymore. */
2950
2951 void
2952 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2953 {
2954 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2955 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2956
2957 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2958 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2959 {
2960 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2961 delete_breakpoint (b);
2962 }
2963
2964 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2965 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2966 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2967 {
2968 struct bp_location *tmp;
2969
2970 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2971 {
2972 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2973 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2974 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2975 else
2976 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2977 if (tmp->next == loc)
2978 {
2979 tmp->next = loc->next;
2980 break;
2981 }
2982 }
2983 }
2984
2985 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2986 removed locations above. */
2987 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
2988 }
2989
2990 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2991 Throws exception on any error.
2992 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2993 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2994 void
2995 insert_breakpoints (void)
2996 {
2997 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2998
2999 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3000 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
3001 {
3002 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
3003
3004 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3005 }
3006
3007 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3008 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3009 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
3010 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
3011 }
3012
3013 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3014
3015 void
3016 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
3017 {
3018 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
3019
3020 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
3021 {
3022 callback (loc, NULL);
3023 }
3024 }
3025
3026 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3027 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3028 always-inserted mode. */
3029
3030 static void
3031 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3032 {
3033 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3034 int error_flag = 0;
3035 int val = 0;
3036 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3037 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3038 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
3039
3040 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3041 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3042
3043 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3044 there was an error. */
3045 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3046
3047 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3048
3049 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3050 {
3051 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3052 breakpoints. */
3053 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
3054 continue;
3055
3056 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3057 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3058 deletion of breakpoints. */
3059 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3060 continue;
3061
3062 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3063
3064 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3065 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3066 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3067 insert breakpoints. */
3068 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3069 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3070 continue;
3071
3072 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3073 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
3074 if (val)
3075 error_flag = val;
3076 }
3077
3078 if (error_flag)
3079 {
3080 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3081 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3082 }
3083
3084 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3085 }
3086
3087 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3088
3089 static void
3090 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3091 {
3092 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3093 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3094 int error_flag = 0;
3095 int val = 0;
3096 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3097 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3098 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
3099
3100 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3101 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3102
3103 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3104 there was an error. */
3105 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3106
3107 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3108
3109 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3110 {
3111 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3112 continue;
3113
3114 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3115 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3116 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3117 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
3118 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
3119 continue;
3120
3121 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3122
3123 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3124 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3125 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3126 insert breakpoints. */
3127 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3128 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3129 continue;
3130
3131 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3132 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
3133 if (val)
3134 error_flag = val;
3135 }
3136
3137 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3138 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3139 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3140 {
3141 int some_failed = 0;
3142 struct bp_location *loc;
3143
3144 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
3145 continue;
3146
3147 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3148 continue;
3149
3150 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
3151 continue;
3152
3153 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3154 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
3155 {
3156 some_failed = 1;
3157 break;
3158 }
3159 if (some_failed)
3160 {
3161 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3162 if (loc->inserted)
3163 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
3164
3165 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
3166 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3167 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3168 bpt->number);
3169 error_flag = -1;
3170 }
3171 }
3172
3173 if (error_flag)
3174 {
3175 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3176 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3177 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3178 {
3179 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3180 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3181 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3182 }
3183 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3184 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3185 }
3186
3187 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3188 }
3189
3190 /* Used when the program stops.
3191 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3192 removing a breakpoint location. */
3193
3194 int
3195 remove_breakpoints (void)
3196 {
3197 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3198 int val = 0;
3199
3200 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3201 {
3202 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3203 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3204 }
3205 return val;
3206 }
3207
3208 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3209 that thread. */
3210
3211 static void
3212 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3213 {
3214 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3215
3216 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3217 {
3218 if (b->thread == tp->num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3219 {
3220 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3221
3222 printf_filtered (_("\
3223 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3224 b->number, tp->num);
3225
3226 /* Hide it from the user. */
3227 b->number = 0;
3228 }
3229 }
3230 }
3231
3232 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3233
3234 int
3235 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
3236 {
3237 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3238 int val;
3239 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3240
3241 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3242 {
3243 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3244 continue;
3245
3246 if (bl->inserted && !bl->target_info.persist)
3247 {
3248 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3249 if (val != 0)
3250 return val;
3251 }
3252 }
3253 return 0;
3254 }
3255
3256 int
3257 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
3258 {
3259 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3260 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3261 int val;
3262 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
3263 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
3264 struct inferior *inf;
3265 struct thread_info *tp;
3266
3267 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
3268 if (tp == NULL)
3269 return 1;
3270
3271 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3272 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3273
3274 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
3275
3276 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3277 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3278
3279 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3280 {
3281 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3282 continue;
3283
3284 if (bl->inserted)
3285 {
3286 bl->inserted = 0;
3287 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3288 if (val != 0)
3289 {
3290 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3291 return val;
3292 }
3293 }
3294 }
3295 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3296 return 0;
3297 }
3298
3299 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3300
3301 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3302 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3303 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3304 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3305 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3306 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3307 static void
3308 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3309 {
3310 if (internal)
3311 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3312 else
3313 {
3314 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3315 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3316 }
3317 }
3318
3319 static struct breakpoint *
3320 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3321 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3322 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3323 {
3324 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3325 struct breakpoint *b;
3326
3327 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3328
3329 sal.pc = address;
3330 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3331 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3332
3333 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3334 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3335 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3336
3337 return b;
3338 }
3339
3340 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3341 {
3342 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3343 };
3344 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3345
3346 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3347 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3348 {
3349 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3350 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym;
3351
3352 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3353 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3354
3355 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3356 int longjmp_searched;
3357
3358 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3359 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3360
3361 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3362 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym;
3363
3364 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3365 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym;
3366
3367 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3368 int exception_searched;
3369
3370 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3371 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3372 };
3373
3374 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3375
3376 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3377 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3378
3379 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3380
3381 static int
3382 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3383 {
3384 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3385 }
3386
3387 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3388 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3389
3390 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3391 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3392 {
3393 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3394
3395 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3396 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3397 {
3398 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3399 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3400
3401 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3402 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3403 }
3404 return bp_objfile_data;
3405 }
3406
3407 static void
3408 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3409 {
3410 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3411
3412 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3413 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3414 }
3415
3416 static void
3417 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3418 {
3419 struct objfile *objfile;
3420 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3421
3422 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3423 {
3424 struct breakpoint *b;
3425 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3426 CORE_ADDR addr;
3427 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3428
3429 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3430
3431 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3432 continue;
3433
3434 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3435 {
3436 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3437
3438 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3439 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3440 {
3441 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3442 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3443 continue;
3444 }
3445 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3446 }
3447
3448 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3449 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3450 bp_overlay_event,
3451 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3452 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3453 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3454 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3455
3456 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3457 {
3458 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3459 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3460 }
3461 else
3462 {
3463 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3464 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3465 }
3466 }
3467 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3468 }
3469
3470 static void
3471 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3472 {
3473 struct program_space *pspace;
3474 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3475
3476 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3477
3478 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3479 {
3480 struct objfile *objfile;
3481
3482 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3483
3484 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3485 {
3486 int i;
3487 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3488 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3489
3490 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3491
3492 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3493
3494 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3495 {
3496 VEC (probe_p) *ret;
3497
3498 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3499 if (ret != NULL)
3500 {
3501 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3502 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3503
3504 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3505 {
3506 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3507 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3508 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3509 ret = NULL;
3510 }
3511 }
3512 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3513 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3514 }
3515
3516 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3517 {
3518 int i;
3519 struct probe *probe;
3520 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3521
3522 for (i = 0;
3523 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3524 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3525 i, probe);
3526 ++i)
3527 {
3528 struct breakpoint *b;
3529
3530 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3531 get_probe_address (probe,
3532 objfile),
3533 bp_longjmp_master,
3534 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3535 b->location
3536 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3537 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3538 }
3539
3540 continue;
3541 }
3542
3543 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3544 continue;
3545
3546 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3547 {
3548 struct breakpoint *b;
3549 const char *func_name;
3550 CORE_ADDR addr;
3551 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3552
3553 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3554 continue;
3555
3556 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3557 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3558 {
3559 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3560
3561 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3562 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3563 {
3564 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3565 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3566 continue;
3567 }
3568 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3569 }
3570
3571 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3572 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3573 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3574 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3575 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3576 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3577 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3578 }
3579 }
3580 }
3581 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3582
3583 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3584 }
3585
3586 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3587 static void
3588 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3589 {
3590 struct program_space *pspace;
3591 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3592 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3593
3594 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3595
3596 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3597 {
3598 struct objfile *objfile;
3599 CORE_ADDR addr;
3600
3601 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3602
3603 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3604 {
3605 struct breakpoint *b;
3606 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3607 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3608
3609 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3610
3611 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3612 continue;
3613
3614 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3615 {
3616 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3617
3618 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3619 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3620 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3621 {
3622 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3623 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3624 continue;
3625 }
3626 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3627 }
3628
3629 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3630 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3631 bp_std_terminate_master,
3632 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3633 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3634 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3635 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3636 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3637 }
3638 }
3639
3640 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3641
3642 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3643 }
3644
3645 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3646
3647 static void
3648 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3649 {
3650 struct objfile *objfile;
3651 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3652
3653 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3654 {
3655 struct breakpoint *b;
3656 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3657 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3658 CORE_ADDR addr;
3659 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3660
3661 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3662
3663 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3664 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3665 {
3666 VEC (probe_p) *ret;
3667
3668 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3669
3670 if (ret != NULL)
3671 {
3672 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3673 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3674
3675 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3676 {
3677 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3678 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3679 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3680 ret = NULL;
3681 }
3682 }
3683 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3684 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3685 }
3686
3687 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3688 {
3689 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3690 int i;
3691 struct probe *probe;
3692
3693 for (i = 0;
3694 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3695 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3696 i, probe);
3697 ++i)
3698 {
3699 struct breakpoint *b;
3700
3701 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3702 get_probe_address (probe,
3703 objfile),
3704 bp_exception_master,
3705 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3706 b->location
3707 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3708 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3709 }
3710
3711 continue;
3712 }
3713
3714 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3715
3716 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3717 continue;
3718
3719 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3720
3721 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3722 {
3723 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3724
3725 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3726 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3727 {
3728 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3729 continue;
3730 }
3731
3732 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3733 }
3734
3735 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3736 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3737 &current_target);
3738 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3739 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3740 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3741 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3742 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3743 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3744 }
3745
3746 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3747 }
3748
3749 void
3750 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3751 {
3752 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3753 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3754
3755 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3756 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3757 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3758 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3759 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3760 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3761 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3762 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3763 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3764 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3765 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3766
3767 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3768 {
3769 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3770 continue;
3771
3772 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3773 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3774 {
3775 delete_breakpoint (b);
3776 continue;
3777 }
3778
3779 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3780 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3781 {
3782 delete_breakpoint (b);
3783 continue;
3784 }
3785
3786 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3787 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3788 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3789 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3790 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3791 {
3792 delete_breakpoint (b);
3793 continue;
3794 }
3795
3796 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3797 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3798 {
3799 delete_breakpoint (b);
3800 continue;
3801 }
3802
3803 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3804 if (b->type == bp_single_step)
3805 {
3806 delete_breakpoint (b);
3807 continue;
3808 }
3809
3810 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3811 after an exec. */
3812 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3813 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3814 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3815 {
3816 delete_breakpoint (b);
3817 continue;
3818 }
3819
3820 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3821 {
3822 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3823 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3824 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3825 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3826 continue;
3827 }
3828
3829 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3830 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3831 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3832 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3833 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3834 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3835
3836 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3837 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3838 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3839 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3840 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3841 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3842 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3843
3844 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3845 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3846 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3847 let finish_command delete it.
3848
3849 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3850 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3851 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3852 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3853 solib breakpoints.) */
3854
3855 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3856 {
3857 continue;
3858 }
3859
3860 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3861 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3862 a.out. */
3863 if (event_location_empty_p (b->location))
3864 {
3865 delete_breakpoint (b);
3866 continue;
3867 }
3868 }
3869 }
3870
3871 int
3872 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3873 {
3874 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3875 int val = 0;
3876 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3877 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3878
3879 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3880 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3881
3882 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3883 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3884 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3885 {
3886 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3887 continue;
3888
3889 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3890 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3891 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3892 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3893 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3894 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3895 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3896 continue;
3897
3898 if (bl->inserted)
3899 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3900 }
3901
3902 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3903 return val;
3904 }
3905
3906 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3907 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3908 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3909 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3910 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3911
3912 static int
3913 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3914 {
3915 int val;
3916
3917 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3918 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3919
3920 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3921 This should not ever happen. */
3922 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3923
3924 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3925 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3926 {
3927 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3928 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3929 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3930
3931 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3932 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3933 || bl->section == NULL
3934 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3935 {
3936 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3937
3938 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3939 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3940 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3941 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3942 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3943 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3944 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3945 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3946 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3947 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3948 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3949 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3950 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3951 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3952 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3953 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3954 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3955 they should always be removed. */
3956 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3957 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3958 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3959 val = 0;
3960 else
3961 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3962 }
3963 else
3964 {
3965 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3966 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3967 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3968 {
3969 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3970 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3971 */
3972 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3973 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3974 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3975 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3976 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3977 else
3978 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3979 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3980 }
3981 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3982 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3983 if (bl->inserted)
3984 {
3985 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3986 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3987 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3988 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3989
3990 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3991 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3992 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3993 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3994 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3995 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3996 else
3997 val = 0;
3998 }
3999 else
4000 {
4001 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
4002 val = 0;
4003 }
4004 }
4005
4006 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
4007 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
4008 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
4009 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
4010 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
4011 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
4012 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
4013 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
4014 always-inserted mode. */
4015 if (val
4016 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4017 && (bl->shlib_disabled
4018 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
4019 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
4020 bl->address))))
4021 val = 0;
4022
4023 if (val)
4024 return val;
4025 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4026 }
4027 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
4028 {
4029 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
4030 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
4031
4032 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4033 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4034
4035 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4036 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
4037 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4038 bl->owner->number);
4039 }
4040 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
4041 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4042 && !bl->duplicate)
4043 {
4044 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
4045 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
4046
4047 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4048 if (val)
4049 return val;
4050
4051 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4052 }
4053
4054 return 0;
4055 }
4056
4057 static int
4058 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
4059 {
4060 int ret;
4061 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4062
4063 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4064 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
4065
4066 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4067 This should not ever happen. */
4068 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
4069
4070 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
4071
4072 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
4073
4074 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
4075
4076 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4077 return ret;
4078 }
4079
4080 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4081
4082 void
4083 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4084 {
4085 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4086
4087 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4088 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
4089 bl->inserted = 0;
4090 }
4091
4092 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4093 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4094
4095 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4096 between runs.
4097
4098 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4099 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4100 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4101
4102
4103
4104 void
4105 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
4106 {
4107 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
4108 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4109 int ix;
4110 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
4111
4112 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4113 nothing to do. */
4114 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4115 return;
4116
4117 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4118
4119 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
4120 {
4121 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
4122 continue;
4123
4124 switch (b->type)
4125 {
4126 case bp_call_dummy:
4127 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
4128
4129 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4130 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4131 rid of it. */
4132
4133 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4134
4135 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4136
4137 case bp_shlib_event:
4138
4139 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4140 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4141 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4142 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4143 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4144
4145 (gdb) file prog-linux
4146 (gdb) run # native linux target
4147 ...
4148 (gdb) kill
4149 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4150 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4151 */
4152
4153 case bp_step_resume:
4154
4155 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4156
4157 case bp_single_step:
4158
4159 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4160
4161 delete_breakpoint (b);
4162 break;
4163
4164 case bp_watchpoint:
4165 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4166 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4167 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4168 {
4169 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4170
4171 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4172 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
4173 delete_breakpoint (b);
4174 else if (context == inf_starting)
4175 {
4176 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4177 insert_breakpoints. */
4178 if (w->val)
4179 value_free (w->val);
4180 w->val = NULL;
4181 w->val_valid = 0;
4182 }
4183 }
4184 break;
4185 default:
4186 break;
4187 }
4188 }
4189
4190 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4191 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
4192 decref_bp_location (&bl);
4193 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
4194 }
4195
4196 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4197 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4198 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4199 match, not program space. */
4200
4201 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4202 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4203 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4204 permanent breakpoint.
4205 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4206 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4207 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4208 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4209 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4210
4211 enum breakpoint_here
4212 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4213 {
4214 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4215 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
4216
4217 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4218 {
4219 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4220 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4221 continue;
4222
4223 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4224 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4225 || bl->permanent)
4226 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4227 {
4228 if (overlay_debugging
4229 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4230 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4231 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4232 else if (bl->permanent)
4233 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
4234 else
4235 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
4236 }
4237 }
4238
4239 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : no_breakpoint_here;
4240 }
4241
4242 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4243
4244 int
4245 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4246 {
4247 struct bp_location *loc;
4248 int ix;
4249
4250 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4251 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4252 return 1;
4253
4254 return 0;
4255 }
4256
4257 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4258 ASPACE. */
4259
4260 static int
4261 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location *bl,
4262 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4263 {
4264 if (bl->inserted
4265 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4266 aspace, pc))
4267 {
4268 if (overlay_debugging
4269 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4270 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4271 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4272 else
4273 return 1;
4274 }
4275 return 0;
4276 }
4277
4278 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4279
4280 int
4281 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4282 {
4283 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4284 struct bp_location *bl;
4285
4286 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4287 {
4288 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4289
4290 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4291 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4292 continue;
4293
4294 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4295 return 1;
4296 }
4297 return 0;
4298 }
4299
4300 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4301 inserted at PC. */
4302
4303 int
4304 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4305 CORE_ADDR pc)
4306 {
4307 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4308 struct bp_location *bl;
4309
4310 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4311 {
4312 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4313
4314 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4315 continue;
4316
4317 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4318 return 1;
4319 }
4320
4321 return 0;
4322 }
4323
4324 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4325
4326 int
4327 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4328 CORE_ADDR pc)
4329 {
4330 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4331 struct bp_location *bl;
4332
4333 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4334 {
4335 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4336
4337 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4338 continue;
4339
4340 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4341 return 1;
4342 }
4343
4344 return 0;
4345 }
4346
4347 int
4348 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
4349 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4350 {
4351 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4352
4353 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4354 {
4355 struct bp_location *loc;
4356
4357 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4358 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4359 continue;
4360
4361 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4362 continue;
4363
4364 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4365 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4366 {
4367 CORE_ADDR l, h;
4368
4369 /* Check for intersection. */
4370 l = max (loc->address, addr);
4371 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4372 if (l < h)
4373 return 1;
4374 }
4375 }
4376 return 0;
4377 }
4378 \f
4379
4380 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4381 in breakpoint.h. */
4382
4383 int
4384 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4385 {
4386 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4387 }
4388
4389 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4390 'next' chain. */
4391
4392 static void
4393 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4394 {
4395 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4396 value_free (bs->old_val);
4397 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4398 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4399 xfree (bs);
4400 }
4401
4402 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4403 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4404
4405 void
4406 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4407 {
4408 bpstat p;
4409 bpstat q;
4410
4411 if (bsp == 0)
4412 return;
4413 p = *bsp;
4414 while (p != NULL)
4415 {
4416 q = p->next;
4417 bpstat_free (p);
4418 p = q;
4419 }
4420 *bsp = NULL;
4421 }
4422
4423 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4424 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4425
4426 bpstat
4427 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4428 {
4429 bpstat p = NULL;
4430 bpstat tmp;
4431 bpstat retval = NULL;
4432
4433 if (bs == NULL)
4434 return bs;
4435
4436 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4437 {
4438 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4439 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4440 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4441 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4442 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4443 {
4444 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4445 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4446 }
4447
4448 if (p == NULL)
4449 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4450 retval = tmp;
4451 else
4452 p->next = tmp;
4453 p = tmp;
4454 }
4455 p->next = NULL;
4456 return retval;
4457 }
4458
4459 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4460
4461 bpstat
4462 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4463 {
4464 if (bsp == NULL)
4465 return NULL;
4466
4467 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4468 {
4469 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4470 return bsp;
4471 }
4472 return NULL;
4473 }
4474
4475 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4476
4477 int
4478 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4479 {
4480 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4481 {
4482 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4483 {
4484 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4485 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
4486 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4487 return 1;
4488 }
4489 else
4490 {
4491 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4492 sig))
4493 return 1;
4494 }
4495 }
4496
4497 return 0;
4498 }
4499
4500 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4501 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4502 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4503 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4504
4505 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4506 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4507 we set it.
4508 Return 1 otherwise. */
4509
4510 int
4511 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4512 {
4513 struct breakpoint *b;
4514
4515 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4516 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4517
4518 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4519 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4520 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4521 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4522 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4523 if (b == NULL)
4524 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4525
4526 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4527 return 1;
4528 }
4529
4530 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4531
4532 void
4533 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4534 {
4535 struct thread_info *tp;
4536 bpstat bs;
4537
4538 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4539 return;
4540
4541 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4542 if (tp == NULL)
4543 return;
4544
4545 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4546 {
4547 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4548
4549 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4550 {
4551 value_free (bs->old_val);
4552 bs->old_val = NULL;
4553 }
4554 }
4555 }
4556
4557 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4558
4559 static void
4560 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4561 {
4562 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4563 {
4564 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4565
4566 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4567 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4568 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4569 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4570 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4571 return;
4572 }
4573
4574 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4575 }
4576
4577 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4578 command. */
4579 static void
4580 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4581 {
4582 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4583 }
4584
4585 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4586 or its equivalent. */
4587
4588 static int
4589 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4590 {
4591 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0);
4592 }
4593
4594 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4595 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4596 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4597 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4598
4599 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4600 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4601 bpstat of the current thread. */
4602
4603 static int
4604 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4605 {
4606 bpstat bs;
4607 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4608 int again = 0;
4609
4610 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4611 in bs->commands. */
4612 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4613 return 0;
4614
4615 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4616 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4617
4618 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4619
4620 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4621 bs = *bsp;
4622
4623 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4624 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4625 {
4626 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4627 struct command_line *cmd;
4628 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4629
4630 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4631
4632 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4633 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4634 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4635 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4636 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4637 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4638 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4639 the tree when we're done. */
4640 ccmd = bs->commands;
4641 bs->commands = NULL;
4642 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4643 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4644 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4645 {
4646 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4647 cmd = cmd->next;
4648 }
4649
4650 while (cmd != NULL)
4651 {
4652 execute_control_command (cmd);
4653
4654 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4655 break;
4656 else
4657 cmd = cmd->next;
4658 }
4659
4660 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4661 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4662
4663 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4664 {
4665 if (interpreter_async && target_can_async_p ())
4666 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4667 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4668 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4669 ;
4670 else
4671 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4672 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4673 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4674 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4675 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4676 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4677 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4678 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4679 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4680 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4681 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4682 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4683 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4684 again = 1;
4685 break;
4686 }
4687 }
4688 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4689 return again;
4690 }
4691
4692 void
4693 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4694 {
4695 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4696
4697 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4698 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4699 && target_has_execution
4700 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4701 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4702 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4703 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4704 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4705 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4706 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4707 break;
4708
4709 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4710 }
4711
4712 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4713
4714 static void
4715 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4716 {
4717 if (val == NULL)
4718 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4719 else
4720 {
4721 struct value_print_options opts;
4722 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4723 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4724 }
4725 }
4726
4727 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4728 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4729 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4730 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4731 normal_stop(). */
4732
4733 static enum print_stop_action
4734 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4735 {
4736 switch (bs->print_it)
4737 {
4738 case print_it_noop:
4739 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4740 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4741 break;
4742
4743 case print_it_done:
4744 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4745 relevant messages. */
4746 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4747 break;
4748
4749 case print_it_normal:
4750 {
4751 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4752
4753 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4754 which has since been deleted. */
4755 if (b == NULL)
4756 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4757
4758 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4759 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4760 }
4761 break;
4762
4763 default:
4764 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4765 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4766 break;
4767 }
4768 }
4769
4770 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4771
4772 static void
4773 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4774 {
4775 int any_deleted
4776 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4777 int any_added
4778 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4779
4780 if (!is_catchpoint)
4781 {
4782 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4783 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4784 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4785 else
4786 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4787 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4788 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4789 }
4790
4791 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4792 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4793 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4794
4795 if (any_deleted)
4796 {
4797 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4798 char *name;
4799 int ix;
4800
4801 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4802 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4803 "removed");
4804 for (ix = 0;
4805 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4806 ix, name);
4807 ++ix)
4808 {
4809 if (ix > 0)
4810 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4811 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4812 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4813 }
4814
4815 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4816 }
4817
4818 if (any_added)
4819 {
4820 struct so_list *iter;
4821 int ix;
4822 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4823
4824 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4825 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4826 "added");
4827 for (ix = 0;
4828 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4829 ix, iter);
4830 ++ix)
4831 {
4832 if (ix > 0)
4833 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4834 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4835 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4836 }
4837
4838 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4839 }
4840 }
4841
4842 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4843 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4844 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4845 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4846 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4847 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4848 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4849 routine is one of:
4850
4851 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4852 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4853 code to print the location. An example is
4854 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4855 the location.
4856 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4857 to also print the location part of the message.
4858 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4859 don't require a location appended to the end.
4860 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4861 further info to be printed. */
4862
4863 enum print_stop_action
4864 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4865 {
4866 enum print_stop_action val;
4867
4868 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4869 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4870 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4871 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4872 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4873 {
4874 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4875 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4876 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4877 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4878 return val;
4879 }
4880
4881 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4882 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4883 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4884 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4885 {
4886 print_solib_event (0);
4887 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4888 }
4889
4890 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4891 with and nothing was printed. */
4892 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4893 }
4894
4895 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4896 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4897 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4898 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4899 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4900 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4901
4902 static int
4903 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4904 {
4905 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4906 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4907
4908 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4909 return i;
4910 }
4911
4912 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4913
4914 static bpstat
4915 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4916 {
4917 bpstat bs;
4918
4919 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4920 bs->next = NULL;
4921 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4922 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4923 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4924 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4925 incref_bp_location (bl);
4926 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4927 bs->commands = NULL;
4928 bs->old_val = NULL;
4929 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4930 return bs;
4931 }
4932 \f
4933 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4934 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4935
4936 int
4937 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4938 {
4939 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4940 CORE_ADDR addr;
4941 struct breakpoint *b;
4942
4943 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4944 {
4945 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4946 as not triggered. */
4947 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4948 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4949 {
4950 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4951
4952 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4953 }
4954
4955 return 0;
4956 }
4957
4958 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4959 {
4960 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4961 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4962 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4963 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4964 {
4965 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4966
4967 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4968 }
4969
4970 return 1;
4971 }
4972
4973 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4974 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4975 triggered. */
4976
4977 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4978 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4979 {
4980 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4981 struct bp_location *loc;
4982
4983 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4984 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4985 {
4986 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4987 {
4988 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4989 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4990
4991 if (newaddr == start)
4992 {
4993 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4994 break;
4995 }
4996 }
4997 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4998 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4999 addr, loc->address,
5000 loc->length))
5001 {
5002 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5003 break;
5004 }
5005 }
5006 }
5007
5008 return 1;
5009 }
5010
5011 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5012 because of check_errors). */
5013 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5014 #define WP_DELETED 1
5015 /* The value has changed. */
5016 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5017 /* The value has not changed. */
5018 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5019 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5020 #define WP_IGNORE 4
5021
5022 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5023 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5024
5025 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5026 changed.
5027
5028 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5029 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5030
5031 static int
5032 watchpoint_check (void *p)
5033 {
5034 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
5035 struct watchpoint *b;
5036 struct frame_info *fr;
5037 int within_current_scope;
5038
5039 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5040 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
5041 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5042
5043 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5044 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5045 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5046 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
5047 return WP_IGNORE;
5048
5049 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
5050 within_current_scope = 1;
5051 else
5052 {
5053 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
5054 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5055 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
5056
5057 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5058 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5059 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5060 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5061 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5062 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5063 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5064 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5065 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5066 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
5067 return WP_IGNORE;
5068
5069 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
5070 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
5071
5072 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5073 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5074 if (within_current_scope)
5075 {
5076 struct symbol *function;
5077
5078 function = get_frame_function (fr);
5079 if (function == NULL
5080 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
5081 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
5082 within_current_scope = 0;
5083 }
5084
5085 if (within_current_scope)
5086 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5087 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5088 the user. */
5089 select_frame (fr);
5090 }
5091
5092 if (within_current_scope)
5093 {
5094 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5095 time before we return to the command level and call
5096 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5097 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5098
5099 int pc = 0;
5100 struct value *mark;
5101 struct value *new_val;
5102
5103 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
5104 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5105 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5106 a mask watchpoint. */
5107 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5108
5109 mark = value_mark ();
5110 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
5111
5112 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
5113 new_val = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, new_val);
5114
5115 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5116 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5117 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5118 not what we want. */
5119 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
5120 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
5121 {
5122 if (new_val != NULL)
5123 {
5124 release_value (new_val);
5125 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5126 }
5127 bs->old_val = b->val;
5128 b->val = new_val;
5129 b->val_valid = 1;
5130 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5131 }
5132 else
5133 {
5134 /* Nothing changed. */
5135 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5136 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
5137 }
5138 }
5139 else
5140 {
5141 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5142
5143 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5144 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5145 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5146 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5147 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5148 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5149 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5150 the first value assigned). */
5151 /* We print all the stop information in
5152 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5153 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5154 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5155 here. */
5156 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5157 ui_out_field_string
5158 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
5159 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
5160 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
5161 ui_out_text (uiout,
5162 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5163 which its expression is valid.\n");
5164
5165 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5166 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
5167 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5168
5169 return WP_DELETED;
5170 }
5171 }
5172
5173 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5174 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5175 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5176
5177 static int
5178 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
5179 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
5180 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5181 {
5182 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
5183
5184 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5185 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5186
5187 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
5188 }
5189
5190 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5191 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5192
5193 static void
5194 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
5195 {
5196 const struct bp_location *bl;
5197 struct watchpoint *b;
5198
5199 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5200 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5201 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5202 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5203 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5204
5205 {
5206 int must_check_value = 0;
5207
5208 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5209 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5210 watched value. */
5211 must_check_value = 1;
5212 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5213 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5214 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5215 this watchpoint. */
5216 must_check_value = 1;
5217 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5218 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5219 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5220 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5221 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5222 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5223 must_check_value = 1;
5224
5225 if (must_check_value)
5226 {
5227 char *message
5228 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5229 b->base.number);
5230 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
5231 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
5232 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5233 do_cleanups (cleanups);
5234 switch (e)
5235 {
5236 case WP_DELETED:
5237 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5238 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5239 /* Stop. */
5240 break;
5241 case WP_IGNORE:
5242 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5243 bs->stop = 0;
5244 break;
5245 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5246 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5247 {
5248 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5249
5250 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5251 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5252 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5253 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5254 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5255 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5256 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5257 old value.
5258
5259 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5260 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5261 happen:
5262
5263 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5264 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5265 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5266 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5267
5268 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5269 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5270 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5271 watchpoint.
5272
5273 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5274 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5275 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5276 changes. This still gives false positives when
5277 the program writes the same value to memory as
5278 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5279 it for a read), but it's much better than
5280 nothing. */
5281
5282 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5283
5284 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5285 {
5286 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5287
5288 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5289 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5290 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5291 {
5292 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5293 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5294
5295 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5296 == watch_triggered_yes)
5297 {
5298 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5299 break;
5300 }
5301 }
5302 }
5303
5304 if (other_write_watchpoint
5305 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5306 {
5307 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5308 and the value changed since the last time we
5309 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5310 Ignore it. */
5311 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5312 bs->stop = 0;
5313 }
5314 }
5315 break;
5316 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5317 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5318 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5319 {
5320 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5321 the value hasn't changed. */
5322 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5323 bs->stop = 0;
5324 }
5325 /* Stop. */
5326 break;
5327 default:
5328 /* Can't happen. */
5329 case 0:
5330 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5331 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5332 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5333 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5334 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5335 break;
5336 }
5337 }
5338 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5339 {
5340 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5341 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5342 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5343 anything for this watchpoint. */
5344 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5345 bs->stop = 0;
5346 }
5347 }
5348 }
5349
5350 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5351 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5352 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5353 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5354
5355 static void
5356 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5357 {
5358 const struct bp_location *bl;
5359 struct breakpoint *b;
5360 int value_is_zero = 0;
5361 struct expression *cond;
5362
5363 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5364
5365 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5366 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5367 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5368 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5369 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5370
5371 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5372 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5373 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5374
5375 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5376 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5377 {
5378 bs->stop = 0;
5379 return;
5380 }
5381
5382 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5383 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5384 thread/task. */
5385 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != pid_to_thread_id (ptid))
5386 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (ptid)))
5387
5388 {
5389 bs->stop = 0;
5390 return;
5391 }
5392
5393 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5394 implemented. */
5395 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5396
5397 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5398 {
5399 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5400
5401 cond = w->cond_exp;
5402 }
5403 else
5404 cond = bl->cond;
5405
5406 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5407 {
5408 int within_current_scope = 1;
5409 struct watchpoint * w;
5410
5411 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5412 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5413 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5414 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5415 function call. */
5416 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5417
5418 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5419 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5420 else
5421 w = NULL;
5422
5423 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5424 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5425 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5426 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5427 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5428 call site. */
5429 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5430 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5431 else
5432 {
5433 struct frame_info *frame;
5434
5435 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5436 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5437 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5438 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5439 really matter which instantiation of the function
5440 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5441 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5442 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5443 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5444 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5445 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5446 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5447 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5448 intuitive. */
5449 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5450 if (frame != NULL)
5451 select_frame (frame);
5452 else
5453 within_current_scope = 0;
5454 }
5455 if (within_current_scope)
5456 value_is_zero
5457 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5458 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5459 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5460 else
5461 {
5462 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5463 "in the current scope"));
5464 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5465 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5466 value_is_zero = 0;
5467 }
5468 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5469 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5470 }
5471
5472 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5473 {
5474 bs->stop = 0;
5475 }
5476 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5477 {
5478 b->ignore_count--;
5479 bs->stop = 0;
5480 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5481 ++(b->hit_count);
5482 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5483 }
5484 }
5485
5486 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5487 on the current target. */
5488
5489 static int
5490 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location *loc)
5491 {
5492 return ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5493 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5494 || (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5495 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5496 }
5497
5498
5499 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5500 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5501
5502 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5503 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5504 that:
5505
5506 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5507
5508 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5509
5510 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5511 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5512 several reasons concurrently.)
5513
5514 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5515 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5516
5517 bpstat
5518 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5519 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5520 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5521 {
5522 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5523 struct bp_location *bl;
5524 struct bp_location *loc;
5525 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5526 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5527 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5528 bpstat bs;
5529 int ix;
5530 int need_remove_insert;
5531 int removed_any;
5532
5533 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5534 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5535 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5536 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5537 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5538 inferior function calls. */
5539
5540 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5541 {
5542 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
5543 continue;
5544
5545 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5546 {
5547 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5548 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5549 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5550 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5551 checked all locations already. */
5552 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5553 break;
5554
5555 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5556 continue;
5557
5558 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5559 continue;
5560
5561 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5562 matches. */
5563
5564 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5565 explain stop. */
5566
5567 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5568 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5569 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5570 bs->stop = 1;
5571 bs->print = 1;
5572
5573 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5574 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5575 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5576 iteration. */
5577 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5578 {
5579 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5580
5581 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5582 }
5583 }
5584 }
5585
5586 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5587 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5588 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5589 {
5590 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5591 {
5592 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr)
5593 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc))
5594 {
5595 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5596 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5597 bs->stop = 0;
5598 bs->print = 0;
5599 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5600 }
5601 }
5602 }
5603
5604 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5605 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5606 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5607 "catch unload". */
5608 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5609 {
5610 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5611 {
5612 handle_solib_event ();
5613 break;
5614 }
5615 }
5616
5617 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5618 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5619 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5620
5621 removed_any = 0;
5622
5623 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5624 {
5625 if (!bs->stop)
5626 continue;
5627
5628 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5629 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5630 if (bs->stop)
5631 {
5632 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5633
5634 if (bs->stop)
5635 {
5636 ++(b->hit_count);
5637 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5638
5639 /* We will stop here. */
5640 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5641 {
5642 --(b->enable_count);
5643 if (b->enable_count <= 0)
5644 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5645 removed_any = 1;
5646 }
5647 if (b->silent)
5648 bs->print = 0;
5649 bs->commands = b->commands;
5650 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5651 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5652 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5653 bs->print = 0;
5654
5655 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5656 }
5657
5658 }
5659
5660 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5661 print. */
5662 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5663 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5664 }
5665
5666 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5667 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5668 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5669 done later. */
5670 need_remove_insert = 0;
5671 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5672 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5673 if (!bs->stop
5674 && bs->breakpoint_at
5675 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5676 {
5677 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5678
5679 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5680 need_remove_insert = 1;
5681 }
5682
5683 if (need_remove_insert)
5684 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
5685 else if (removed_any)
5686 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
5687
5688 return bs_head;
5689 }
5690
5691 static void
5692 handle_jit_event (void)
5693 {
5694 struct frame_info *frame;
5695 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5696
5697 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5698 breakpoint_re_set. */
5699 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5700
5701 frame = get_current_frame ();
5702 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5703
5704 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5705
5706 target_terminal_inferior ();
5707 }
5708
5709 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5710
5711 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5712
5713 struct bpstat_what
5714 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5715 {
5716 struct bpstat_what retval;
5717 int jit_event = 0;
5718 bpstat bs;
5719
5720 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5721 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5722 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5723
5724 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5725 {
5726 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5727 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5728 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5729 enum bptype bptype;
5730
5731 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5732 {
5733 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5734 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5735 bptype = bp_none;
5736 }
5737 else
5738 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5739
5740 switch (bptype)
5741 {
5742 case bp_none:
5743 break;
5744 case bp_breakpoint:
5745 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5746 case bp_single_step:
5747 case bp_until:
5748 case bp_finish:
5749 case bp_shlib_event:
5750 if (bs->stop)
5751 {
5752 if (bs->print)
5753 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5754 else
5755 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5756 }
5757 else
5758 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5759 break;
5760 case bp_watchpoint:
5761 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5762 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5763 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5764 if (bs->stop)
5765 {
5766 if (bs->print)
5767 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5768 else
5769 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5770 }
5771 else
5772 {
5773 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5774 This requires no further action. */
5775 }
5776 break;
5777 case bp_longjmp:
5778 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5779 case bp_exception:
5780 if (bs->stop)
5781 {
5782 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5783 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5784 }
5785 else
5786 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5787 break;
5788 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5789 case bp_exception_resume:
5790 if (bs->stop)
5791 {
5792 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5793 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5794 }
5795 else
5796 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5797 break;
5798 case bp_step_resume:
5799 if (bs->stop)
5800 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5801 else
5802 {
5803 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5804 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5805 }
5806 break;
5807 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5808 if (bs->stop)
5809 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5810 else
5811 {
5812 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5813 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5814 }
5815 break;
5816 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5817 case bp_thread_event:
5818 case bp_overlay_event:
5819 case bp_longjmp_master:
5820 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5821 case bp_exception_master:
5822 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5823 break;
5824 case bp_catchpoint:
5825 if (bs->stop)
5826 {
5827 if (bs->print)
5828 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5829 else
5830 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5831 }
5832 else
5833 {
5834 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5835 This requires no further action. */
5836 }
5837 break;
5838 case bp_jit_event:
5839 jit_event = 1;
5840 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5841 break;
5842 case bp_call_dummy:
5843 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5844 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5845 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5846 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5847 break;
5848 case bp_std_terminate:
5849 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5850 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5851 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5852 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5853 break;
5854 case bp_tracepoint:
5855 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5856 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5857 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5858 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5859 out already. */
5860 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5861 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5862 break;
5863 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5864 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5865 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5866 break;
5867 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5868 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5869 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5870 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5871 break;
5872
5873 case bp_dprintf:
5874 if (bs->stop)
5875 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5876 else
5877 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5878 break;
5879
5880 default:
5881 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5882 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5883 }
5884
5885 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5886 }
5887
5888 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5889 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5890
5891 if (jit_event)
5892 {
5893 if (debug_infrun)
5894 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5895
5896 handle_jit_event ();
5897 }
5898
5899 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5900 {
5901 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5902
5903 if (b == NULL)
5904 continue;
5905 switch (b->type)
5906 {
5907 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5908 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5909 break;
5910 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5911 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5912 break;
5913 }
5914 }
5915
5916 return retval;
5917 }
5918
5919 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5920 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5921 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5922
5923 int
5924 bpstat_should_step (void)
5925 {
5926 struct breakpoint *b;
5927
5928 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5929 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5930 return 1;
5931 return 0;
5932 }
5933
5934 int
5935 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5936 {
5937 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5938 if (bs->stop)
5939 return 1;
5940
5941 return 0;
5942 }
5943
5944 \f
5945
5946 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5947 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5948 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5949
5950 static char *
5951 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5952 {
5953 static char wrap_indent[80];
5954 int i, total_width, width, align;
5955 char *text;
5956
5957 total_width = 0;
5958 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5959 {
5960 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5961 {
5962 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5963 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5964 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5965
5966 return wrap_indent;
5967 }
5968
5969 total_width += width + 1;
5970 }
5971
5972 return NULL;
5973 }
5974
5975 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5976 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5977
5978 "host": Host evals condition.
5979 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5980 "target": Target evals condition.
5981 */
5982
5983 static const char *
5984 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5985 {
5986 struct bp_location *bl;
5987 char host_evals = 0;
5988 char target_evals = 0;
5989
5990 if (!b)
5991 return NULL;
5992
5993 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5994 return NULL;
5995
5996 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5997 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5998 return condition_evaluation_host;
5999
6000 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6001 {
6002 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
6003 target_evals++;
6004 else
6005 host_evals++;
6006 }
6007
6008 if (host_evals && target_evals)
6009 return condition_evaluation_both;
6010 else if (target_evals)
6011 return condition_evaluation_target;
6012 else
6013 return condition_evaluation_host;
6014 }
6015
6016 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6017 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6018
6019 static const char *
6020 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
6021 {
6022 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
6023 return NULL;
6024
6025 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6026 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6027 return condition_evaluation_host;
6028
6029 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
6030 return condition_evaluation_target;
6031 else
6032 return condition_evaluation_host;
6033 }
6034
6035 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6036
6037 static void
6038 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6039 struct bp_location *loc)
6040 {
6041 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6042 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
6043
6044 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
6045 loc = NULL;
6046
6047 if (loc != NULL)
6048 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
6049
6050 if (b->display_canonical)
6051 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what",
6052 event_location_to_string (b->location));
6053 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
6054 {
6055 struct symbol *sym
6056 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
6057 if (sym)
6058 {
6059 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
6060 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
6061 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
6062 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
6063 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
6064 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
6065 }
6066 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
6067 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
6068 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
6069
6070 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6071 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
6072 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
6073
6074 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
6075 }
6076 else if (loc)
6077 {
6078 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
6079 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
6080
6081 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
6082 demangle, "");
6083 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
6084
6085 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
6086 }
6087 else
6088 {
6089 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending",
6090 event_location_to_string (b->location));
6091 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6092 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6093 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6094 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && b->extra_string != NULL)
6095 {
6096 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
6097 ui_out_text (uiout, ",");
6098 else
6099 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
6100 ui_out_text (uiout, b->extra_string);
6101 }
6102 }
6103
6104 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
6105 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6106 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
6107 {
6108 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6109 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6110 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
6111 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
6112 }
6113
6114 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6115 }
6116
6117 static const char *
6118 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
6119 {
6120 struct ep_type_description
6121 {
6122 enum bptype type;
6123 char *description;
6124 };
6125 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
6126 {
6127 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
6128 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
6129 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
6130 {bp_single_step, "sw single-step"},
6131 {bp_until, "until"},
6132 {bp_finish, "finish"},
6133 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
6134 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
6135 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
6136 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
6137 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
6138 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
6139 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6140 {bp_exception, "exception"},
6141 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
6142 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
6143 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
6144 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
6145 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
6146 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
6147 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
6148 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
6149 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
6150 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
6151 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
6152 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
6153 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
6154 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
6155 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
6156 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
6157 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
6158 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
6159 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6160 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6161 };
6162
6163 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
6164 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
6165 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6166 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6167 (int) type);
6168
6169 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
6170 }
6171
6172 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6173 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6174
6175 static void
6176 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
6177 const char *field_name,
6178 VEC(int) *inf_num,
6179 int mi_only)
6180 {
6181 struct cleanup *back_to;
6182 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
6183 int inf;
6184 int i;
6185
6186 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6187 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6188 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
6189 return;
6190
6191 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
6192
6193 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
6194 {
6195 if (is_mi)
6196 {
6197 char mi_group[10];
6198
6199 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
6200 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
6201 }
6202 else
6203 {
6204 if (i == 0)
6205 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
6206 else
6207 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
6208
6209 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
6210 }
6211 }
6212
6213 do_cleanups (back_to);
6214 }
6215
6216 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6217
6218 static void
6219 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6220 struct bp_location *loc,
6221 int loc_number,
6222 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6223 int allflag)
6224 {
6225 struct command_line *l;
6226 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
6227
6228 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6229 int header_of_multiple = 0;
6230 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
6231 struct value_print_options opts;
6232
6233 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6234
6235 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6236 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6237 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6238 if (loc == NULL
6239 && (b->loc != NULL
6240 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6241 header_of_multiple = 1;
6242 if (loc == NULL)
6243 loc = b->loc;
6244
6245 annotate_record ();
6246
6247 /* 1 */
6248 annotate_field (0);
6249 if (part_of_multiple)
6250 {
6251 char *formatted;
6252 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6253 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
6254 xfree (formatted);
6255 }
6256 else
6257 {
6258 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6259 }
6260
6261 /* 2 */
6262 annotate_field (1);
6263 if (part_of_multiple)
6264 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
6265 else
6266 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
6267
6268 /* 3 */
6269 annotate_field (2);
6270 if (part_of_multiple)
6271 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
6272 else
6273 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6274
6275
6276 /* 4 */
6277 annotate_field (3);
6278 if (part_of_multiple)
6279 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6280 else
6281 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
6282 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6283 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
6284
6285
6286 /* 5 and 6 */
6287 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6288 {
6289 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6290 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6291 make sure there's just one location. */
6292 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6293 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6294 }
6295 else
6296 switch (b->type)
6297 {
6298 case bp_none:
6299 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6300 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6301 break;
6302
6303 case bp_watchpoint:
6304 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6305 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6306 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6307 {
6308 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6309
6310 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6311 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6312 is relatively readable). */
6313 if (opts.addressprint)
6314 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6315 annotate_field (5);
6316 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
6317 }
6318 break;
6319
6320 case bp_breakpoint:
6321 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6322 case bp_single_step:
6323 case bp_until:
6324 case bp_finish:
6325 case bp_longjmp:
6326 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6327 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6328 case bp_exception:
6329 case bp_exception_resume:
6330 case bp_step_resume:
6331 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6332 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6333 case bp_call_dummy:
6334 case bp_std_terminate:
6335 case bp_shlib_event:
6336 case bp_thread_event:
6337 case bp_overlay_event:
6338 case bp_longjmp_master:
6339 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6340 case bp_exception_master:
6341 case bp_tracepoint:
6342 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6343 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6344 case bp_dprintf:
6345 case bp_jit_event:
6346 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6347 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6348 if (opts.addressprint)
6349 {
6350 annotate_field (4);
6351 if (header_of_multiple)
6352 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6353 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6354 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6355 else
6356 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
6357 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6358 }
6359 annotate_field (5);
6360 if (!header_of_multiple)
6361 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6362 if (b->loc)
6363 *last_loc = b->loc;
6364 break;
6365 }
6366
6367
6368 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6369 {
6370 struct inferior *inf;
6371 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6372 int mi_only = 1;
6373
6374 ALL_INFERIORS (inf)
6375 {
6376 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6377 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6378 }
6379
6380 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6381 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6382 if (allflag
6383 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6384 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6385 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6386 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6387 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6388 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6389 mi_only = 0;
6390 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6391 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6392 }
6393
6394 if (!part_of_multiple)
6395 {
6396 if (b->thread != -1)
6397 {
6398 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6399 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6400 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6401 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6402 }
6403 else if (b->task != 0)
6404 {
6405 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6406 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6407 }
6408 }
6409
6410 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6411
6412 if (!part_of_multiple)
6413 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6414
6415 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6416 {
6417 annotate_field (6);
6418 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6419 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6420 the frame ID. */
6421 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6422 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6423 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6424 }
6425
6426 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6427 {
6428 annotate_field (7);
6429 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6430 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6431 else
6432 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6433 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6434
6435 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6436 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6437 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6438 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6439 == condition_evaluation_target)
6440 {
6441 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6442 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6443 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6444 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6445 }
6446 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6447 }
6448
6449 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6450 {
6451 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6452 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6453 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6454 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6455 }
6456
6457 if (!part_of_multiple)
6458 {
6459 if (b->hit_count)
6460 {
6461 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6462 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6463 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6464 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6465 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6466 else
6467 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6468 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6469 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6470 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6471 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6472 else
6473 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6474 }
6475 else
6476 {
6477 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6478 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6479 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6480 }
6481 }
6482
6483 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6484 {
6485 annotate_field (8);
6486 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6487 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6488 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6489 }
6490
6491 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6492 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6493 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6494 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6495 {
6496 annotate_field (8);
6497 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6498 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6499 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6500 if (b->ignore_count)
6501 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6502 else
6503 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6504 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6505 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6506 }
6507
6508 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6509 {
6510 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6511
6512 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6513 {
6514 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6515 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6516 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6517 }
6518 }
6519
6520 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6521 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6522 {
6523 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6524
6525 annotate_field (9);
6526 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6527 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6528 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6529 }
6530
6531 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6532 {
6533 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6534
6535 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6536 {
6537 annotate_field (10);
6538 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6539 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6540 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6541 }
6542
6543 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6544 pending. */
6545 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6546 {
6547 annotate_field (11);
6548
6549 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6550 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6551 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6552 else
6553 {
6554 if (loc->inserted)
6555 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6556 else
6557 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6558 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6559 }
6560 }
6561 }
6562
6563 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6564 {
6565 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6566 {
6567 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6568
6569 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6570 }
6571 else if (b->location != NULL
6572 && event_location_to_string (b->location) != NULL)
6573 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location",
6574 event_location_to_string (b->location));
6575 }
6576 }
6577
6578 static void
6579 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6580 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6581 int allflag)
6582 {
6583 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6584 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6585
6586 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6587
6588 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6589 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6590
6591 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6592 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6593 locations, if any. */
6594 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6595 {
6596 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6597 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6598 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6599 situation.
6600
6601 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6602 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6603 if (b->loc
6604 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6605 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6606 {
6607 struct bp_location *loc;
6608 int n = 1;
6609
6610 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6611 {
6612 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6613 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6614 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6615 do_cleanups (inner2);
6616 }
6617 }
6618 }
6619 }
6620
6621 static int
6622 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6623 {
6624 int print_address_bits = 0;
6625 struct bp_location *loc;
6626
6627 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6628 {
6629 int addr_bit;
6630
6631 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6632 an address to print. */
6633 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6634 continue;
6635
6636 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6637 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6638 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6639 }
6640
6641 return print_address_bits;
6642 }
6643
6644 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6645 {
6646 int bnum;
6647 };
6648
6649 static int
6650 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6651 {
6652 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6653 struct breakpoint *b;
6654 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6655
6656 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6657 {
6658 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6659 {
6660 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6661 return GDB_RC_OK;
6662 }
6663 }
6664 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6665 }
6666
6667 enum gdb_rc
6668 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6669 char **error_message)
6670 {
6671 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6672
6673 args.bnum = bnum;
6674 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6675 an error. */
6676 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6677 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6678 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6679 else
6680 return GDB_RC_OK;
6681 }
6682
6683 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6684 internal or momentary. */
6685
6686 int
6687 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6688 {
6689 return b->number > 0;
6690 }
6691
6692 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6693 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6694 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6695 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6696 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6697 breakpoints listed. */
6698
6699 static int
6700 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6701 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6702 {
6703 struct breakpoint *b;
6704 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6705 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6706 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6707 struct value_print_options opts;
6708 int print_address_bits = 0;
6709 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6710 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6711
6712 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6713
6714 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6715 required for address fields. */
6716 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6717 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6718 {
6719 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6720 if (filter && !filter (b))
6721 continue;
6722
6723 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6724 accept. Skip the others. */
6725 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6726 {
6727 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6728 continue;
6729 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6730 continue;
6731 }
6732
6733 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6734 {
6735 int addr_bit, type_len;
6736
6737 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6738 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6739 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6740
6741 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6742 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6743 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6744
6745 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6746 }
6747 }
6748
6749 if (opts.addressprint)
6750 bkpttbl_chain
6751 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6752 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6753 "BreakpointTable");
6754 else
6755 bkpttbl_chain
6756 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6757 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6758 "BreakpointTable");
6759
6760 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6761 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6762 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6763 annotate_field (0);
6764 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6765 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6766 annotate_field (1);
6767 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6768 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6769 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6770 annotate_field (2);
6771 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6772 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6773 annotate_field (3);
6774 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6775 if (opts.addressprint)
6776 {
6777 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6778 annotate_field (4);
6779 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6780 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6781 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6782 else
6783 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6784 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6785 }
6786 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6787 annotate_field (5);
6788 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6789 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6790 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6791 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6792
6793 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6794 {
6795 QUIT;
6796 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6797 if (filter && !filter (b))
6798 continue;
6799
6800 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6801 accept. Skip the others. */
6802
6803 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6804 {
6805 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6806 {
6807 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6808 continue;
6809 }
6810 else /* all others */
6811 {
6812 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6813 continue;
6814 }
6815 }
6816 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6817 allflag is set. */
6818 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6819 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6820 }
6821
6822 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6823
6824 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6825 {
6826 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6827 empty list. */
6828 if (!filter)
6829 {
6830 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6831 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6832 else
6833 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6834 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6835 args);
6836 }
6837 }
6838 else
6839 {
6840 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6841 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6842 }
6843
6844 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6845 there have been breakpoints? */
6846 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6847
6848 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6849 }
6850
6851 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6852 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6853
6854 static void
6855 default_collect_info (void)
6856 {
6857 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6858
6859 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6860 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6861 not wanted. */
6862 if (!*default_collect)
6863 return;
6864
6865 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6866 actions. */
6867 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6868 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6869 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6870 }
6871
6872 static void
6873 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6874 {
6875 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6876
6877 default_collect_info ();
6878 }
6879
6880 static void
6881 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6882 {
6883 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6884 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6885
6886 if (num_printed == 0)
6887 {
6888 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6889 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6890 else
6891 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6892 }
6893 }
6894
6895 static void
6896 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6897 {
6898 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6899
6900 default_collect_info ();
6901 }
6902
6903 static int
6904 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6905 struct program_space *pspace,
6906 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6907 {
6908 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6909
6910 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6911 {
6912 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6913 && bl->address == pc
6914 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6915 return 1;
6916 }
6917 return 0;
6918 }
6919
6920 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6921 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6922 address spaces. */
6923
6924 static void
6925 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6926 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6927 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6928 {
6929 int others = 0;
6930 struct breakpoint *b;
6931
6932 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6933 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6934 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6935 if (others > 0)
6936 {
6937 if (others == 1)
6938 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6939 else /* if (others == ???) */
6940 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6941 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6942 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6943 {
6944 others--;
6945 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6946 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6947 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6948 else if (b->thread != -1)
6949 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6950 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6951 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6952 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6953 ? " (disabled)"
6954 : ""),
6955 (others > 1) ? ","
6956 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6957 }
6958 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6959 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6960 printf_filtered (".\n");
6961 }
6962 }
6963 \f
6964
6965 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6966 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
6967 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
6968 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6969
6970 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6971 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
6972 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6973 breakpoint location at address zero:
6974
6975 bp_watchpoint
6976 bp_catchpoint
6977
6978 */
6979
6980 static int
6981 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6982 {
6983 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6984
6985 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6986 }
6987
6988 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6989 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6990
6991 static int
6992 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6993 struct bp_location *loc2)
6994 {
6995 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6996 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6997
6998 /* Both of them must exist. */
6999 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
7000 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
7001
7002 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7003 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7004 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7005 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7006 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7007 other watchpoint. */
7008 if ((w1->cond_exp
7009 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
7010 loc1->length,
7011 loc1->watchpoint_type,
7012 w1->cond_exp))
7013 || (w2->cond_exp
7014 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
7015 loc2->length,
7016 loc2->watchpoint_type,
7017 w2->cond_exp)))
7018 return 0;
7019
7020 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7021 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7022 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7023 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7024 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7025 become hw_access locations later. */
7026 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
7027 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
7028 && loc1->address == loc2->address
7029 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
7030 }
7031
7032 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7033
7034 int
7035 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
7036 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
7037 {
7038 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7039 || aspace1 == aspace2)
7040 && addr1 == addr2);
7041 }
7042
7043 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7044 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7045 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7046 space doesn't really matter. */
7047
7048 static int
7049 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
7050 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
7051 CORE_ADDR addr2)
7052 {
7053 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7054 || aspace1 == aspace2)
7055 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
7056 }
7057
7058 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7059 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7060 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7061 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7062
7063 static int
7064 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
7065 struct address_space *aspace,
7066 CORE_ADDR addr)
7067 {
7068 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
7069 aspace, addr)
7070 || (bl->length
7071 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
7072 bl->address, bl->length,
7073 aspace, addr)));
7074 }
7075
7076 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7077 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7078 true, otherwise returns false. */
7079
7080 static int
7081 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
7082 struct bp_location *loc2)
7083 {
7084 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
7085 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7086 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7087 different locations. */
7088 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
7089 else
7090 return 0;
7091 }
7092
7093 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7094 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7095 represent the same location. */
7096
7097 static int
7098 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
7099 struct bp_location *loc2)
7100 {
7101 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
7102
7103 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7104 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
7105 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
7106
7107 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
7108 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
7109
7110 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
7111 return 0;
7112 else if (hw_point1)
7113 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7114 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
7115 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7116 else
7117 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7118 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
7119 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
7120 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
7121 }
7122
7123 static void
7124 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
7125 int bnum, int have_bnum)
7126 {
7127 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7128 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7129 char astr1[64];
7130 char astr2[64];
7131
7132 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
7133 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
7134 if (have_bnum)
7135 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7136 bnum, astr1, astr2);
7137 else
7138 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
7139 }
7140
7141 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7142 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7143 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7144 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7145
7146 static CORE_ADDR
7147 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7148 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
7149 {
7150 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
7151 {
7152 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7153 return bpaddr;
7154 }
7155 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
7156 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
7157 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
7158 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
7159 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
7160 {
7161 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7162 have their addresses modified. */
7163 return bpaddr;
7164 }
7165 else if (bptype == bp_single_step)
7166 {
7167 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7168 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7169 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7170 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7171 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7172 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7173 return bpaddr;
7174 }
7175 else
7176 {
7177 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
7178
7179 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7180 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7181 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
7182
7183 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7184 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7185 is required. */
7186 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
7187 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
7188
7189 return adjusted_bpaddr;
7190 }
7191 }
7192
7193 void
7194 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
7195 struct breakpoint *owner)
7196 {
7197 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
7198
7199 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7200
7201 loc->ops = ops;
7202 loc->owner = owner;
7203 loc->cond = NULL;
7204 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
7205 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
7206 loc->enabled = 1;
7207
7208 switch (owner->type)
7209 {
7210 case bp_breakpoint:
7211 case bp_single_step:
7212 case bp_until:
7213 case bp_finish:
7214 case bp_longjmp:
7215 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7216 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
7217 case bp_exception:
7218 case bp_exception_resume:
7219 case bp_step_resume:
7220 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7221 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7222 case bp_call_dummy:
7223 case bp_std_terminate:
7224 case bp_shlib_event:
7225 case bp_thread_event:
7226 case bp_overlay_event:
7227 case bp_jit_event:
7228 case bp_longjmp_master:
7229 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7230 case bp_exception_master:
7231 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7232 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7233 case bp_dprintf:
7234 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
7235 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7236 break;
7237 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7238 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
7239 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7240 break;
7241 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7242 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7243 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7244 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7245 break;
7246 case bp_watchpoint:
7247 case bp_catchpoint:
7248 case bp_tracepoint:
7249 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7250 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7251 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7252 break;
7253 default:
7254 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7255 }
7256
7257 loc->refc = 1;
7258 }
7259
7260 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7261
7262 static struct bp_location *
7263 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7264 {
7265 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7266 }
7267
7268 static void
7269 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7270 {
7271 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
7272 xfree (loc);
7273 }
7274
7275 /* Increment reference count. */
7276
7277 static void
7278 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7279 {
7280 ++bl->refc;
7281 }
7282
7283 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7284 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7285
7286 static void
7287 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7288 {
7289 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7290
7291 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7292 free_bp_location (*blp);
7293 *blp = NULL;
7294 }
7295
7296 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7297
7298 static void
7299 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
7300 {
7301 struct breakpoint *b1;
7302
7303 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7304 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7305
7306 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7307 if (b1 == 0)
7308 breakpoint_chain = b;
7309 else
7310 {
7311 while (b1->next)
7312 b1 = b1->next;
7313 b1->next = b;
7314 }
7315 }
7316
7317 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7318
7319 static void
7320 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7321 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7322 enum bptype bptype,
7323 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7324 {
7325 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
7326
7327 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7328
7329 b->ops = ops;
7330 b->type = bptype;
7331 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7332 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7333 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7334 b->thread = -1;
7335 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7336 b->next = 0;
7337 b->silent = 0;
7338 b->ignore_count = 0;
7339 b->commands = NULL;
7340 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
7341 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7342 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
7343 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7344 b->location = NULL;
7345 }
7346
7347 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7348 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7349
7350 static struct breakpoint *
7351 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7352 enum bptype bptype,
7353 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7354 {
7355 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7356
7357 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7358 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7359 return b;
7360 }
7361
7362 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7363 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7364 enough. */
7365
7366 static void
7367 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7368 {
7369 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7370
7371 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7372 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7373 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7374 {
7375 int is_gnu_ifunc;
7376 const char *function_name;
7377 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7378
7379 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7380 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7381
7382 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7383 {
7384 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7385
7386 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7387 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7388 &loc->requested_address))
7389 {
7390 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7391 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7392 loc->requested_address,
7393 b->type);
7394 }
7395 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7396 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7397 {
7398 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7399 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7400 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7401 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7402 breakpoint. */
7403 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7404 }
7405 }
7406
7407 if (function_name)
7408 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7409 }
7410 }
7411
7412 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7413 struct gdbarch *
7414 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7415 {
7416 if (sal.section)
7417 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7418 if (sal.symtab)
7419 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal.symtab));
7420
7421 return NULL;
7422 }
7423
7424 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7425 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7426 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7427
7428 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7429 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7430 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7431
7432 static void
7433 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7434 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7435 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7436 {
7437 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7438
7439 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7440
7441 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7442 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7443
7444 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7445 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7446 program space. */
7447 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7448 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7449 }
7450
7451 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7452 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7453 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7454 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7455 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7456 is also returned as the value of this function.
7457
7458 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7459 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7460 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7461 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7462 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7463 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7464 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7465
7466 struct breakpoint *
7467 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7468 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7469 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7470 {
7471 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7472
7473 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7474 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7475 return b;
7476 }
7477
7478 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7479 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7480 initiated the operation. */
7481
7482 void
7483 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7484 {
7485 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7486 int thread = tp->num;
7487
7488 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7489 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7490 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7491 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7492 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7493 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7494 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7495 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7496 {
7497 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7498 struct breakpoint *clone;
7499
7500 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7501 after their removal. */
7502 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7503 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7504 clone->thread = thread;
7505 }
7506
7507 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7508 }
7509
7510 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7511 void
7512 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7513 {
7514 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7515
7516 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7517 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7518 {
7519 if (b->thread == thread)
7520 delete_breakpoint (b);
7521 }
7522 }
7523
7524 void
7525 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7526 {
7527 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7528
7529 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7530 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7531 {
7532 if (b->thread == thread)
7533 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7534 }
7535 }
7536
7537 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7538 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7539 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7540 breakpoints. */
7541
7542 struct breakpoint *
7543 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7544 {
7545 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7546
7547 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7548 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7549 {
7550 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7551
7552 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7553 &momentary_breakpoint_ops,
7554 1);
7555 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7556
7557 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7558
7559 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7560 if (retval == NULL)
7561 retval = new_b;
7562 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7563 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7564 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7565 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7566 }
7567
7568 return retval;
7569 }
7570
7571 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7572 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7573 stack.
7574
7575 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7576 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7577 frames. */
7578
7579 void
7580 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info *tp)
7581 {
7582 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7583
7584 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7585 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == tp->num)
7586 {
7587 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7588
7589 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7590 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7591 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7592 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7593 continue;
7594
7595 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id, tp->ptid);
7596
7597 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7598 {
7599 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7600 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7601 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7602 }
7603 delete_breakpoint (b);
7604 }
7605 }
7606
7607 void
7608 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7609 {
7610 struct breakpoint *b;
7611
7612 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7613 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7614 {
7615 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7616 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7617 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7618 }
7619 }
7620
7621 void
7622 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7623 {
7624 struct breakpoint *b;
7625
7626 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7627 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7628 {
7629 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7630 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
7631 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7632 }
7633 }
7634
7635 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7636 master breakpoint. */
7637 void
7638 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7639 {
7640 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7641
7642 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7643 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7644 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7645 {
7646 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7647 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7648 }
7649 }
7650
7651 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7652 void
7653 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7654 {
7655 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7656
7657 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7658 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7659 delete_breakpoint (b);
7660 }
7661
7662 struct breakpoint *
7663 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7664 {
7665 struct breakpoint *b;
7666
7667 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7668 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7669
7670 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7671 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7672 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address);
7673
7674 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7675
7676 return b;
7677 }
7678
7679 void
7680 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7681 {
7682 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7683
7684 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7685 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7686 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7687 delete_breakpoint (b);
7688 }
7689
7690 struct lang_and_radix
7691 {
7692 enum language lang;
7693 int radix;
7694 };
7695
7696 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7697
7698 struct breakpoint *
7699 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7700 {
7701 struct breakpoint *b;
7702
7703 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7704 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7705 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7706 return b;
7707 }
7708
7709 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7710
7711 void
7712 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7713 {
7714 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7715
7716 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7717 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7718 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7719 delete_breakpoint (b);
7720 }
7721
7722 void
7723 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7724 {
7725 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7726
7727 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7728 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7729 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7730 delete_breakpoint (b);
7731 }
7732
7733 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7734
7735 void
7736 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7737 {
7738 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7739
7740 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7741 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7742 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7743 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7744 }
7745
7746 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7747 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7748 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7749
7750 static struct breakpoint *
7751 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address,
7752 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
7753 {
7754 struct breakpoint *b;
7755
7756 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7757 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7758 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode);
7759 return b;
7760 }
7761
7762 struct breakpoint *
7763 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7764 {
7765 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7766 }
7767
7768 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7769
7770 struct breakpoint *
7771 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7772 {
7773 struct breakpoint *b;
7774
7775 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7776 locations. */
7777 b = create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_INSERT);
7778 if (!b->loc->inserted)
7779 {
7780 delete_breakpoint (b);
7781 return NULL;
7782 }
7783 return b;
7784 }
7785
7786 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7787 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7788
7789 void
7790 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7791 {
7792 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7793
7794 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7795 {
7796 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7797 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7798
7799 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7800 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7801 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7802 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7803 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7804 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7805 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7806 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7807 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7808 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7809 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7810 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7811 )
7812 {
7813 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7814 }
7815 }
7816 }
7817
7818 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7819 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7820 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7821
7822 static void
7823 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7824 {
7825 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7826 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7827
7828 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7829 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7830 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7831 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7832 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7833 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7834 return;
7835
7836 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7837 {
7838 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7839 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7840
7841 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7842 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7843 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7844 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7845 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7846 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7847 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7848 || is_tracepoint (b))
7849 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7850 {
7851 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7852 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7853 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7854 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7855 loc->inserted = 0;
7856
7857 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7858 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7859
7860 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7861 {
7862 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7863 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7864 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7865 solib->so_name);
7866 }
7867 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7868 }
7869 }
7870 }
7871
7872 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7873 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7874 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7875
7876 static void
7877 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7878 {
7879 struct breakpoint *b;
7880
7881 if (objfile == NULL)
7882 return;
7883
7884 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7885 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7886 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7887 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7888 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7889 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7890 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7891 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7892 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7893 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7894 main objfile). */
7895 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) == 0
7896 || (objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
7897 return;
7898
7899 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7900 {
7901 struct bp_location *loc;
7902 int bp_modified = 0;
7903
7904 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7905 continue;
7906
7907 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7908 {
7909 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7910
7911 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7912 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7913 continue;
7914
7915 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7916 continue;
7917
7918 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7919 continue;
7920
7921 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7922 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7923 continue;
7924
7925 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7926 {
7927 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7928 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7929 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7930 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7931 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7932 unmapped. */
7933
7934 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7935
7936 bp_modified = 1;
7937 }
7938 }
7939
7940 if (bp_modified)
7941 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7942 }
7943 }
7944
7945 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7946
7947 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7948 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7949 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7950 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7951 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7952
7953 struct fork_catchpoint
7954 {
7955 /* The base class. */
7956 struct breakpoint base;
7957
7958 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7959 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7960 catchpoint has triggered. */
7961 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7962 };
7963
7964 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7965 catchpoints. */
7966
7967 static int
7968 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7969 {
7970 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7971 }
7972
7973 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7974 catchpoints. */
7975
7976 static int
7977 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7978 {
7979 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7980 }
7981
7982 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7983 catchpoints. */
7984
7985 static int
7986 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7987 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7988 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7989 {
7990 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7991
7992 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7993 return 0;
7994
7995 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7996 return 1;
7997 }
7998
7999 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8000 catchpoints. */
8001
8002 static enum print_stop_action
8003 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
8004 {
8005 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8006 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8007 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8008
8009 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8010 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8011 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8012 else
8013 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8014 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8015 {
8016 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8017 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
8018 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8019 }
8020 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8021 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
8022 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8023 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8024 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8025 }
8026
8027 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8028 catchpoints. */
8029
8030 static void
8031 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8032 {
8033 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8034 struct value_print_options opts;
8035 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8036
8037 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8038
8039 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8040 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8041 readable). */
8042 if (opts.addressprint)
8043 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8044 annotate_field (5);
8045 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
8046 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8047 {
8048 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
8049 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
8050 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8051 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
8052 }
8053
8054 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8055 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
8056 }
8057
8058 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8059 catchpoints. */
8060
8061 static void
8062 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
8063 {
8064 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
8065 }
8066
8067 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8068 catchpoints. */
8069
8070 static void
8071 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8072 {
8073 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
8074 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8075 }
8076
8077 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8078
8079 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
8080
8081 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8082 catchpoints. */
8083
8084 static int
8085 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8086 {
8087 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8088 }
8089
8090 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8091 catchpoints. */
8092
8093 static int
8094 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8095 {
8096 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8097 }
8098
8099 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8100 catchpoints. */
8101
8102 static int
8103 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
8104 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8105 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8106 {
8107 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8108
8109 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
8110 return 0;
8111
8112 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
8113 return 1;
8114 }
8115
8116 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8117 catchpoints. */
8118
8119 static enum print_stop_action
8120 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
8121 {
8122 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8123 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8124 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8125
8126 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8127 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8128 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8129 else
8130 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8131 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8132 {
8133 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8134 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
8135 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8136 }
8137 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8138 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
8139 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8140 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8141 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8142 }
8143
8144 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8145 catchpoints. */
8146
8147 static void
8148 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8149 {
8150 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8151 struct value_print_options opts;
8152 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8153
8154 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8155 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8156 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8157 readable). */
8158 if (opts.addressprint)
8159 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8160 annotate_field (5);
8161 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
8162 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8163 {
8164 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
8165 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
8166 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8167 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
8168 }
8169
8170 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8171 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
8172 }
8173
8174 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8175 catchpoints. */
8176
8177 static void
8178 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
8179 {
8180 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
8181 }
8182
8183 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8184 catchpoints. */
8185
8186 static void
8187 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8188 {
8189 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
8190 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8191 }
8192
8193 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8194
8195 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
8196
8197 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8198 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8199 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8200 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8201 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8202
8203 struct solib_catchpoint
8204 {
8205 /* The base class. */
8206 struct breakpoint base;
8207
8208 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8209 unsigned char is_load;
8210
8211 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8212 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8213 char *regex;
8214 regex_t compiled;
8215 };
8216
8217 static void
8218 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8219 {
8220 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8221
8222 if (self->regex)
8223 regfree (&self->compiled);
8224 xfree (self->regex);
8225
8226 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8227 }
8228
8229 static int
8230 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8231 {
8232 return 0;
8233 }
8234
8235 static int
8236 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8237 {
8238 return 0;
8239 }
8240
8241 static int
8242 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
8243 struct address_space *aspace,
8244 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8245 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8246 {
8247 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8248 struct breakpoint *other;
8249
8250 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
8251 return 1;
8252
8253 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
8254 {
8255 struct bp_location *other_bl;
8256
8257 if (other == bl->owner)
8258 continue;
8259
8260 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
8261 continue;
8262
8263 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
8264 continue;
8265
8266 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
8267 {
8268 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
8269 return 1;
8270 }
8271 }
8272
8273 return 0;
8274 }
8275
8276 static void
8277 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
8278 {
8279 struct solib_catchpoint *self
8280 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8281 int ix;
8282
8283 if (self->is_load)
8284 {
8285 struct so_list *iter;
8286
8287 for (ix = 0;
8288 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
8289 ix, iter);
8290 ++ix)
8291 {
8292 if (!self->regex
8293 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8294 return;
8295 }
8296 }
8297 else
8298 {
8299 char *iter;
8300
8301 for (ix = 0;
8302 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
8303 ix, iter);
8304 ++ix)
8305 {
8306 if (!self->regex
8307 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8308 return;
8309 }
8310 }
8311
8312 bs->stop = 0;
8313 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8314 }
8315
8316 static enum print_stop_action
8317 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8318 {
8319 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8320 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8321
8322 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8323 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8324 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8325 else
8326 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8327 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8328 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8329 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8330 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8331 print_solib_event (1);
8332 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8333 }
8334
8335 static void
8336 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8337 {
8338 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8339 struct value_print_options opts;
8340 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8341 char *msg;
8342
8343 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8344 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8345 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8346 readable). */
8347 if (opts.addressprint)
8348 {
8349 annotate_field (4);
8350 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8351 }
8352
8353 annotate_field (5);
8354 if (self->is_load)
8355 {
8356 if (self->regex)
8357 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8358 else
8359 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8360 }
8361 else
8362 {
8363 if (self->regex)
8364 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8365 else
8366 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8367 }
8368 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
8369 xfree (msg);
8370
8371 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8372 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
8373 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8374 }
8375
8376 static void
8377 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8378 {
8379 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8380
8381 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8382 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8383 }
8384
8385 static void
8386 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8387 {
8388 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8389
8390 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8391 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8392 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8393 if (self->regex)
8394 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8395 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8396 }
8397
8398 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8399
8400 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8401 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8402 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8403 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8404 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8405 created in an enabled state. */
8406
8407 void
8408 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8409 {
8410 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
8411 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8412 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8413
8414 if (!arg)
8415 arg = "";
8416 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8417
8418 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
8419 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
8420
8421 if (*arg != '\0')
8422 {
8423 int errcode;
8424
8425 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
8426 if (errcode != 0)
8427 {
8428 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
8429
8430 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
8431 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
8432 }
8433 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8434 }
8435
8436 c->is_load = is_load;
8437 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8438 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8439
8440 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8441
8442 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
8443 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8444 }
8445
8446 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8447 "catch unload". */
8448
8449 static void
8450 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8451 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8452 {
8453 int tempflag;
8454 const int enabled = 1;
8455
8456 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8457
8458 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8459 }
8460
8461 static void
8462 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8463 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8464 {
8465 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8466 }
8467
8468 static void
8469 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8470 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8471 {
8472 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8473 }
8474
8475 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8476 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8477 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8478 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8479
8480 void
8481 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8482 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8483 char *cond_string,
8484 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8485 {
8486 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8487
8488 init_sal (&sal);
8489 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8490
8491 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8492
8493 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8494 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8495 }
8496
8497 void
8498 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8499 {
8500 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8501 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8502 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8503 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8504 if (!internal)
8505 mention (b);
8506 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8507
8508 if (update_gll)
8509 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8510 }
8511
8512 static void
8513 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8514 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8515 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8516 {
8517 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8518
8519 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8520
8521 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8522
8523 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8524 }
8525
8526 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8527
8528 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8529 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8530 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8531 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8532 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8533
8534 struct exec_catchpoint
8535 {
8536 /* The base class. */
8537 struct breakpoint base;
8538
8539 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8540 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8541 triggered. */
8542 char *exec_pathname;
8543 };
8544
8545 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8546 catchpoints. */
8547
8548 static void
8549 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8550 {
8551 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8552
8553 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8554
8555 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8556 }
8557
8558 static int
8559 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8560 {
8561 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8562 }
8563
8564 static int
8565 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8566 {
8567 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8568 }
8569
8570 static int
8571 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8572 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8573 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8574 {
8575 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8576
8577 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8578 return 0;
8579
8580 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8581 return 1;
8582 }
8583
8584 static enum print_stop_action
8585 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8586 {
8587 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8588 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8589 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8590
8591 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8592 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8593 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8594 else
8595 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8596 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8597 {
8598 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8599 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8600 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8601 }
8602 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8603 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8604 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8605 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8606
8607 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8608 }
8609
8610 static void
8611 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8612 {
8613 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8614 struct value_print_options opts;
8615 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8616
8617 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8618
8619 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8620 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8621 is relatively readable). */
8622 if (opts.addressprint)
8623 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8624 annotate_field (5);
8625 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8626 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8627 {
8628 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8629 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8630 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8631 }
8632
8633 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8634 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8635 }
8636
8637 static void
8638 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8639 {
8640 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8641 }
8642
8643 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8644 catchpoints. */
8645
8646 static void
8647 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8648 {
8649 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8650 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8651 }
8652
8653 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8654
8655 static int
8656 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8657 {
8658 int i = 0;
8659 struct breakpoint *b;
8660 struct bp_location *bl;
8661
8662 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8663 {
8664 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8665 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8666 {
8667 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8668 one register. */
8669 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8670 }
8671 }
8672
8673 return i;
8674 }
8675
8676 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8677 watchpoint. */
8678
8679 static int
8680 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8681 {
8682 int i = 0;
8683 struct bp_location *bl;
8684
8685 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8686 return 0;
8687
8688 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8689 {
8690 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8691 one register. */
8692 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8693 }
8694
8695 return i;
8696 }
8697
8698 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8699 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8700 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8701 types _not_ TYPE. */
8702
8703 static int
8704 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8705 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8706 {
8707 int i = 0;
8708 struct breakpoint *b;
8709
8710 *other_type_used = 0;
8711 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8712 {
8713 if (b == except)
8714 continue;
8715 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8716 continue;
8717
8718 if (b->type == type)
8719 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8720 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8721 *other_type_used = 1;
8722 }
8723
8724 return i;
8725 }
8726
8727 void
8728 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8729 {
8730 struct breakpoint *b;
8731
8732 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8733 {
8734 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8735 {
8736 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8737 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8738 }
8739 }
8740 }
8741
8742 void
8743 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8744 {
8745 struct breakpoint *b;
8746
8747 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8748 {
8749 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8750 {
8751 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8752 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8753 }
8754 }
8755 }
8756
8757 void
8758 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8759 {
8760 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8761 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8762 }
8763
8764 void
8765 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8766 {
8767 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8768 breakpoint_re_set ();
8769 }
8770
8771 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8772 locations. */
8773
8774 static struct breakpoint *
8775 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
8776 {
8777 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
8778
8779 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bp_single_step,
8780 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8781
8782 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8783 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
8784
8785 b->thread = thread;
8786 gdb_assert (b->thread != 0);
8787
8788 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8789
8790 return b;
8791 }
8792
8793 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8794 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8795 frame. */
8796
8797 struct breakpoint *
8798 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8799 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8800 {
8801 struct breakpoint *b;
8802
8803 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8804 tail-called one. */
8805 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8806
8807 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8808 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8809 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8810 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8811
8812 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8813 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8814 control. */
8815 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8816 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8817
8818 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8819
8820 return b;
8821 }
8822
8823 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8824 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8825 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8826
8827 static struct breakpoint *
8828 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8829 enum bptype type,
8830 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
8831 int loc_enabled)
8832 {
8833 struct breakpoint *copy;
8834
8835 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8836 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8837 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8838
8839 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8840 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8841 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8842 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8843 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8844 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8845 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8846 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8847 copy->loc->enabled = loc_enabled;
8848 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8849 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8850 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8851
8852 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8853 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8854 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8855
8856 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8857 return copy;
8858 }
8859
8860 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8861 ORIG is NULL. */
8862
8863 struct breakpoint *
8864 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8865 {
8866 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8867 if (orig == NULL)
8868 return NULL;
8869
8870 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops, 0);
8871 }
8872
8873 struct breakpoint *
8874 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8875 enum bptype type)
8876 {
8877 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8878
8879 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8880 sal.pc = pc;
8881 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8882 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8883
8884 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8885 }
8886 \f
8887
8888 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8889
8890 static void
8891 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8892 {
8893 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8894 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8895 return;
8896 printf_filtered ("\n");
8897 }
8898 \f
8899
8900 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc);
8901
8902 static struct bp_location *
8903 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8904 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8905 {
8906 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8907 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8908 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8909
8910 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8911 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8912
8913 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8914 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8915 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8916 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8917 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8918 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8919 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8920 sal->pc, b->type);
8921
8922 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8923 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8924 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
8925 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8926 ;
8927 loc->next = *tmp;
8928 *tmp = loc;
8929
8930 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8931 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8932 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8933 loc->probe.probe = sal->probe;
8934 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
8935 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8936 loc->section = sal->section;
8937 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8938 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8939 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
8940
8941 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8942 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8943
8944 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8945 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8946 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8947 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8948 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8949 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8950 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8951 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8952 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8953 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8954 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8955 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8956 instruction.) */
8957 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
8958 loc->permanent = 1;
8959
8960 return loc;
8961 }
8962 \f
8963
8964 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8965
8966 int
8967 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
8968 {
8969 int len;
8970 CORE_ADDR addr;
8971 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8972 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8973 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8974 int retval = 0;
8975
8976 addr = address;
8977 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8978
8979 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8980 if (bpoint == NULL)
8981 return 0;
8982
8983 target_mem = alloca (len);
8984
8985 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8986 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8987 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8988 cleanup = make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8989
8990 if (target_read_memory (address, target_mem, len) == 0
8991 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8992 retval = 1;
8993
8994 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8995
8996 return retval;
8997 }
8998
8999 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9000 return 0 otherwise. */
9001
9002 static int
9003 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
9004 {
9005 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9006 int retval;
9007
9008 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
9009
9010 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
9011 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
9012 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
9013 memory. */
9014 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc->owner))
9015 return 0;
9016
9017 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9018 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
9019
9020 retval = program_breakpoint_here_p (loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
9021
9022 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9023
9024 return retval;
9025 }
9026
9027 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9028 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9029
9030 static void
9031 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
9032 {
9033 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
9034 char *printf_line = NULL;
9035
9036 if (!dprintf_args)
9037 return;
9038
9039 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9040
9041 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9042 insist on it. */
9043 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
9044 ++dprintf_args;
9045 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9046
9047 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
9048 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9049
9050 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
9051 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9052 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
9053 {
9054 if (!dprintf_function)
9055 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9056
9057 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
9058 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9059 dprintf_function,
9060 dprintf_channel,
9061 dprintf_args);
9062 else
9063 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9064 dprintf_function,
9065 dprintf_args);
9066 }
9067 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
9068 {
9069 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9070 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
9071 else
9072 {
9073 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9074 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9075 }
9076 }
9077 else
9078 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9079 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9080
9081 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
9082 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9083 {
9084 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
9085 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9086
9087 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
9088 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
9089 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
9090 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
9091 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
9092
9093 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
9094 }
9095 }
9096
9097 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9098 current style settings. */
9099
9100 static void
9101 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
9102 struct cmd_list_element *c)
9103 {
9104 struct breakpoint *b;
9105
9106 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9107 {
9108 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
9109 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9110 }
9111 }
9112
9113 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
9114 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
9115 as condition expression. */
9116
9117 static void
9118 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9119 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
9120 struct event_location *location,
9121 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9122 char *extra_string,
9123 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9124 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9125 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9126 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9127 int display_canonical)
9128 {
9129 int i;
9130
9131 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9132 {
9133 int target_resources_ok;
9134
9135 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9136 target_resources_ok =
9137 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9138 i + 1, 0);
9139 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9140 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9141 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9142 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9143 }
9144
9145 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9146
9147 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9148 {
9149 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9150 struct bp_location *loc;
9151
9152 if (from_tty)
9153 {
9154 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9155 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9156 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9157
9158 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9159 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9160 }
9161
9162 if (i == 0)
9163 {
9164 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9165 b->thread = thread;
9166 b->task = task;
9167
9168 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9169 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9170 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9171 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9172 b->disposition = disposition;
9173
9174 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9175 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9176
9177 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9178 {
9179 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9180 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9181
9182 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9183 {
9184 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9185 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9186 const char *p = &event_location_to_string (b->location)[3];
9187 const char *endp;
9188 char *marker_str;
9189
9190 p = skip_spaces_const (p);
9191
9192 endp = skip_to_space_const (p);
9193
9194 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9195 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9196
9197 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9198 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9199 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9200 }
9201 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9202 {
9203 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9204 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9205
9206 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9207 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9208 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9209 }
9210 else
9211 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9212 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9213 }
9214
9215 loc = b->loc;
9216 }
9217 else
9218 {
9219 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9220 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9221 loc->inserted = 1;
9222 }
9223
9224 if (b->cond_string)
9225 {
9226 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9227
9228 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9229 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9230 if (*arg)
9231 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9232 }
9233
9234 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9235 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9236 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9237 {
9238 if (b->extra_string)
9239 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9240 else
9241 error (_("Format string required"));
9242 }
9243 else if (b->extra_string)
9244 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9245 }
9246
9247 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9248 if (location != NULL)
9249 b->location = location;
9250 else
9251 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address);
9252 b->filter = filter;
9253 }
9254
9255 static void
9256 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9257 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
9258 struct event_location *location,
9259 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9260 char *extra_string,
9261 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9262 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9263 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9264 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9265 int display_canonical)
9266 {
9267 struct breakpoint *b;
9268 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9269
9270 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9271 {
9272 struct tracepoint *t;
9273
9274 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9275 b = &t->base;
9276 }
9277 else
9278 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9279
9280 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9281
9282 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9283 sals, location,
9284 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9285 type, disposition,
9286 thread, task, ignore_count,
9287 ops, from_tty,
9288 enabled, internal, flags,
9289 display_canonical);
9290 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9291
9292 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9293 }
9294
9295 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9296 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9297 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9298 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9299 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9300 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9301 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9302 we take just a single condition string.
9303
9304 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9305 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9306 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9307 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9308 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9309
9310 static void
9311 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9312 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9313 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9314 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9315 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9316 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9317 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9318 {
9319 int i;
9320 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9321
9322 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9323 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9324
9325 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9326 {
9327 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9328 'break', without arguments. */
9329 struct event_location *location
9330 = (canonical->location != NULL
9331 ? copy_event_location (canonical->location) : NULL);
9332 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9333 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
9334
9335 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9336 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9337 location,
9338 filter_string,
9339 cond_string, extra_string,
9340 type, disposition,
9341 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9342 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9343 canonical->special_display);
9344 discard_cleanups (inner);
9345 }
9346 }
9347
9348 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9349 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9350 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9351 linespec locations).
9352
9353 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9354 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9355
9356 static void
9357 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location *location,
9358 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9359 {
9360 struct symtab_and_line cursal;
9361
9362 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
9363 {
9364 const char *address = get_linespec_location (location);
9365
9366 if (address == NULL)
9367 {
9368 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9369 breakpoint address. */
9370 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9371 {
9372 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9373 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9374 CORE_ADDR pc;
9375
9376 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9377 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9378 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9379
9380 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9381 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9382 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9383 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9384 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9385 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9386 pc = sal.pc;
9387 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9388
9389 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9390 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9391 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9392 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9393 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9394 sal.pc = pc;
9395 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9396
9397 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9398 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9399 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9400
9401 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9402 return;
9403 }
9404 else
9405 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9406 }
9407 }
9408
9409 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9410 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9411 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9412 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9413
9414 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9415 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9416 cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9417 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9418 {
9419 const char *address = NULL;
9420
9421 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
9422 address = get_linespec_location (location);
9423
9424 if (!cursal.symtab
9425 || (address != NULL
9426 && strchr ("+-", address[0]) != NULL
9427 && address[1] != '['))
9428 {
9429 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9430 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9431 get_last_displayed_line (),
9432 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9433 return;
9434 }
9435 }
9436
9437 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9438 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9439 }
9440
9441
9442 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9443 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9444
9445 static void
9446 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9447 {
9448 int i;
9449
9450 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9451 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9452 }
9453
9454 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9455 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9456 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9457 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9458 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9459 it, etc. */
9460
9461 static void
9462 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9463 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9464 {
9465 int i, rslt;
9466 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9467 char *msg;
9468 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9469
9470 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9471 {
9472 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9473
9474 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9475
9476 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9477 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9478 associated with SAL. */
9479 if (sarch == NULL)
9480 sarch = gdbarch;
9481 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc, &msg);
9482 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9483
9484 if (!rslt)
9485 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9486 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9487
9488 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9489 }
9490 }
9491
9492 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9493
9494 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9495 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9496 {
9497 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9498 }
9499
9500 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9501 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9502 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9503 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9504 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9505 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9506
9507 static void
9508 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9509 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9510 char **rest)
9511 {
9512 *cond_string = NULL;
9513 *thread = -1;
9514 *task = 0;
9515 *rest = NULL;
9516
9517 while (tok && *tok)
9518 {
9519 const char *end_tok;
9520 int toklen;
9521 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9522 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9523
9524 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9525
9526 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9527 {
9528 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9529 return;
9530 }
9531
9532 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9533
9534 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9535
9536 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9537 {
9538 struct expression *expr;
9539
9540 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9541 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9542 xfree (expr);
9543 cond_end = tok;
9544 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9545 }
9546 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9547 {
9548 char *tmptok;
9549
9550 tok = end_tok + 1;
9551 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9552 if (tok == tmptok)
9553 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9554 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9555 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9556 tok = tmptok;
9557 }
9558 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9559 {
9560 char *tmptok;
9561
9562 tok = end_tok + 1;
9563 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9564 if (tok == tmptok)
9565 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9566 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9567 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9568 tok = tmptok;
9569 }
9570 else if (rest)
9571 {
9572 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9573 return;
9574 }
9575 else
9576 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9577 }
9578 }
9579
9580 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9581
9582 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9583 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p)
9584 {
9585 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9586 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9587 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9588 const char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9589 const char *endp;
9590 char *marker_str;
9591 int i;
9592
9593 p = skip_spaces_const (p);
9594
9595 endp = skip_to_space_const (p);
9596
9597 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9598 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9599
9600 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9601 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9602 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9603
9604 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9605 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9606
9607 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9608 {
9609 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9610
9611 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9612
9613 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9614
9615 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9616 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9617
9618 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9619 }
9620
9621 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9622
9623 *arg_p = endp;
9624 return sals;
9625 }
9626
9627 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9628
9629 int
9630 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9631 const struct event_location *location, char *cond_string,
9632 int thread, char *extra_string,
9633 int parse_extra,
9634 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9635 int ignore_count,
9636 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9637 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9638 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9639 unsigned flags)
9640 {
9641 struct linespec_result canonical;
9642 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9643 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9644 int pending = 0;
9645 int task = 0;
9646 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9647
9648 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9649
9650 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9651 if (extra_string != NULL && *extra_string == '\0')
9652 extra_string = NULL;
9653
9654 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9655
9656 TRY
9657 {
9658 ops->create_sals_from_location (location, &canonical, type_wanted);
9659 }
9660 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
9661 {
9662 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9663 value. */
9664 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
9665 {
9666 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9667 error. */
9668
9669 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9670 throw_exception (e);
9671
9672 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9673
9674 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9675 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9676 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9677 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9678 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9679 return 0;
9680
9681 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9682 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9683 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9684 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9685 pending = 1;
9686 }
9687 else
9688 throw_exception (e);
9689 }
9690 END_CATCH
9691
9692 if (!pending && VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9693 return 0;
9694
9695 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9696 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9697
9698 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9699 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9700 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9701 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9702 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9703
9704 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9705 are ok for the target. */
9706 if (!pending)
9707 {
9708 int ix;
9709 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9710
9711 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9712 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9713 }
9714
9715 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9716 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9717 {
9718 int ix;
9719 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9720
9721 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9722 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9723 }
9724
9725 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9726 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9727 breakpoint. */
9728 if (!pending)
9729 {
9730 if (parse_extra)
9731 {
9732 char *rest;
9733 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9734
9735 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9736
9737 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9738 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9739 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9740 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9741
9742 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc,
9743 &cond_string, &thread, &task, &rest);
9744 if (cond_string)
9745 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9746 if (rest)
9747 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9748 if (rest)
9749 extra_string = rest;
9750 else
9751 extra_string = NULL;
9752 }
9753 else
9754 {
9755 if (type_wanted != bp_dprintf
9756 && extra_string != NULL && *extra_string != '\0')
9757 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string);
9758
9759 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9760 if (cond_string)
9761 {
9762 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9763 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9764 }
9765 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9766 if (extra_string)
9767 {
9768 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9769 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9770 }
9771 }
9772
9773 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
9774 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9775 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9776 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9777 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9778 }
9779 else
9780 {
9781 struct breakpoint *b;
9782
9783 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9784 {
9785 struct tracepoint *t;
9786
9787 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9788 b = &t->base;
9789 }
9790 else
9791 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9792
9793 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9794 b->location = copy_event_location (location);
9795
9796 if (parse_extra)
9797 b->cond_string = NULL;
9798 else
9799 {
9800 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9801 if (cond_string)
9802 {
9803 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9804 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9805 }
9806 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9807 b->thread = thread;
9808 }
9809
9810 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9811 if (extra_string != NULL)
9812 {
9813 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9814 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9815 }
9816 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9817 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9818 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9819 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9820 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9821 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9822 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9823 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9824
9825 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9826 }
9827
9828 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9829 {
9830 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9831 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9832 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9833 }
9834
9835 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9836 breakpoint. */
9837 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9838 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9839 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9840
9841 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9842 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9843
9844 return 1;
9845 }
9846
9847 /* Set a breakpoint.
9848 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9849 condition, and thread.
9850 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9851 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9852 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
9853
9854 static void
9855 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9856 {
9857 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9858 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9859 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9860 : bp_breakpoint);
9861 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9862 struct event_location *location;
9863 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9864
9865 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
9866 cleanup = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
9867
9868 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9869 if (location != NULL
9870 && event_location_type (location) == PROBE_LOCATION)
9871 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9872 else
9873 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9874
9875 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9876 location,
9877 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
9878 tempflag, type_wanted,
9879 0 /* Ignore count */,
9880 pending_break_support,
9881 ops,
9882 from_tty,
9883 1 /* enabled */,
9884 0 /* internal */,
9885 0);
9886 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9887 }
9888
9889 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9890
9891 void
9892 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9893 {
9894 CORE_ADDR pc;
9895
9896 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9897 {
9898 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9899 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9900 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
9901 sal->pc = pc;
9902
9903 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9904 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9905 if (sal->explicit_line)
9906 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9907 }
9908
9909 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9910 {
9911 const struct blockvector *bv;
9912 const struct block *b;
9913 struct symbol *sym;
9914
9915 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b,
9916 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal->symtab));
9917 if (bv != NULL)
9918 {
9919 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9920 if (sym != NULL)
9921 {
9922 fixup_symbol_section (sym, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab));
9923 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab),
9924 sym);
9925 }
9926 else
9927 {
9928 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9929 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9930 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9931 happen in assembly source). */
9932
9933 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
9934 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9935
9936 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9937
9938 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9939 if (msym.minsym)
9940 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
9941
9942 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9943 }
9944 }
9945 }
9946 }
9947
9948 void
9949 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9950 {
9951 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9952 }
9953
9954 void
9955 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9956 {
9957 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9958 }
9959
9960 static void
9961 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9962 {
9963 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9964 }
9965
9966 static void
9967 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9968 {
9969 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9970 }
9971
9972 static void
9973 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9974 {
9975 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9976 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9977 stop at <line>\n"));
9978 }
9979
9980 static void
9981 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9982 {
9983 int badInput = 0;
9984
9985 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9986 badInput = 1;
9987 else if (*arg != '*')
9988 {
9989 char *argptr = arg;
9990 int hasColon = 0;
9991
9992 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9993 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9994 function/method name. */
9995 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9996 {
9997 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9998 argptr++;
9999 }
10000
10001 if (hasColon)
10002 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10003 else
10004 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
10005 }
10006
10007 if (badInput)
10008 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10009 else
10010 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10011 }
10012
10013 static void
10014 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10015 {
10016 int badInput = 0;
10017
10018 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
10019 badInput = 1;
10020 else
10021 {
10022 char *argptr = arg;
10023 int hasColon = 0;
10024
10025 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10026 it is probably a line number. */
10027 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10028 {
10029 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10030 argptr++;
10031 }
10032
10033 if (hasColon)
10034 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
10035 else
10036 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
10037 }
10038
10039 if (badInput)
10040 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10041 else
10042 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10043 }
10044
10045 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10046 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10047 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10048 line. */
10049
10050 static void
10051 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10052 {
10053 struct event_location *location;
10054 struct cleanup *cleanup;
10055
10056 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
10057 cleanup = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
10058
10059 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
10060 the next character must be ','. */
10061 if (arg != NULL)
10062 {
10063 if (arg[0] != ',' || arg[1] == '\0')
10064 error (_("Format string required"));
10065 else
10066 {
10067 /* Skip the comma. */
10068 ++arg;
10069 }
10070 }
10071
10072 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10073 location,
10074 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
10075 0, bp_dprintf,
10076 0 /* Ignore count */,
10077 pending_break_support,
10078 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
10079 from_tty,
10080 1 /* enabled */,
10081 0 /* internal */,
10082 0);
10083 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10084 }
10085
10086 static void
10087 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10088 {
10089 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10090 }
10091
10092 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10093 ranged breakpoints. */
10094
10095 static int
10096 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10097 struct address_space *aspace,
10098 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10099 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10100 {
10101 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10102 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10103 return 0;
10104
10105 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10106 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
10107 }
10108
10109 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10110 ranged breakpoints. */
10111
10112 static int
10113 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10114 {
10115 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10116 }
10117
10118 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10119 ranged breakpoints. */
10120
10121 static enum print_stop_action
10122 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
10123 {
10124 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10125 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10126 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10127
10128 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10129
10130 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10131 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10132
10133 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
10134 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10135 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10136 else
10137 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10138 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10139 {
10140 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10141 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10142 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10143 }
10144 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10145 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10146
10147 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10148 }
10149
10150 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10151 ranged breakpoints. */
10152
10153 static void
10154 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10155 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10156 {
10157 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10158 struct value_print_options opts;
10159 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10160
10161 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10162 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10163
10164 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10165
10166 if (opts.addressprint)
10167 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10168 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10169 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10170 annotate_field (5);
10171 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10172 *last_loc = bl;
10173 }
10174
10175 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10176 ranged breakpoints. */
10177
10178 static void
10179 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10180 struct ui_out *uiout)
10181 {
10182 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10183 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10184 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10185 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10186
10187 gdb_assert (bl);
10188
10189 address_start = bl->address;
10190 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10191
10192 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10193 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10194 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10195 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10196 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10197 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10198
10199 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10200 }
10201
10202 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10203 ranged breakpoints. */
10204
10205 static void
10206 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10207 {
10208 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10209 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10210
10211 gdb_assert (bl);
10212 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10213
10214 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10215 return;
10216
10217 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10218 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10219 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10220 }
10221
10222 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10223 ranged breakpoints. */
10224
10225 static void
10226 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10227 {
10228 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s",
10229 event_location_to_string (b->location),
10230 event_location_to_string (b->location_range_end));
10231 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10232 }
10233
10234 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10235
10236 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10237
10238 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10239 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10240 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10241 last instruction of the given line. */
10242
10243 static CORE_ADDR
10244 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10245 {
10246 CORE_ADDR end;
10247
10248 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10249 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10250 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10251 end = sal.pc;
10252 else
10253 {
10254 int ret;
10255 CORE_ADDR start;
10256
10257 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10258 if (!ret)
10259 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10260
10261 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10262 end--;
10263 }
10264
10265 return end;
10266 }
10267
10268 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10269
10270 static void
10271 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10272 {
10273 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10274 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10275 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10276 CORE_ADDR end;
10277 struct breakpoint *b;
10278 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10279 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10280 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10281 struct event_location *start_location, *end_location;
10282
10283 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10284 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10285 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10286
10287 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10288 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10289 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10290 bp_count, 0);
10291 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10292 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10293
10294 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10295 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10296 error(_("No address range specified."));
10297
10298 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10299
10300 arg_start = arg;
10301 start_location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
10302 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (start_location);
10303 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location, &canonical_start);
10304 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10305
10306 if (arg[0] != ',')
10307 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10308 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10309 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10310
10311 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10312
10313 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10314 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10315 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10316
10317 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10318 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10319 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10320
10321 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10322 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10323
10324 /* Parse the end location. */
10325
10326 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10327 arg_start = arg;
10328
10329 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10330 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10331 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10332 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10333 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10334 end_location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
10335 make_cleanup_delete_event_location (end_location);
10336 decode_line_full (end_location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10337 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10338 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10339
10340 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10341
10342 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10343 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10344
10345 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10346 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10347 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10348 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10349
10350 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10351
10352 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10353 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10354 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10355
10356 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10357 if (length < 0)
10358 /* Length overflowed. */
10359 error (_("Address range too large."));
10360 else if (length == 1)
10361 {
10362 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10363 the `hbreak' command. */
10364 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10365
10366 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10367
10368 return;
10369 }
10370
10371 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10372 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10373 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10374 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10375 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10376 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10377 b->location = copy_event_location (start_location);
10378 b->location_range_end = copy_event_location (end_location);
10379 b->loc->length = length;
10380
10381 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10382
10383 mention (b);
10384 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10385 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
10386 }
10387
10388 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10389 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10390 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10391 zero. */
10392
10393 static int
10394 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10395 {
10396 int i = exp->nelts;
10397
10398 while (i > 0)
10399 {
10400 int oplenp, argsp;
10401
10402 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10403 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10404 i -= oplenp;
10405
10406 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10407 {
10408 case BINOP_ADD:
10409 case BINOP_SUB:
10410 case BINOP_MUL:
10411 case BINOP_DIV:
10412 case BINOP_REM:
10413 case BINOP_MOD:
10414 case BINOP_LSH:
10415 case BINOP_RSH:
10416 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10417 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10418 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10419 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10420 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10421 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10422 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10423 case BINOP_LESS:
10424 case BINOP_GTR:
10425 case BINOP_LEQ:
10426 case BINOP_GEQ:
10427 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10428 case BINOP_COMMA:
10429 case BINOP_EXP:
10430 case BINOP_MIN:
10431 case BINOP_MAX:
10432 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10433 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10434 case TERNOP_COND:
10435 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10436
10437 case OP_LONG:
10438 case OP_DOUBLE:
10439 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10440 case OP_LAST:
10441 case OP_COMPLEX:
10442 case OP_STRING:
10443 case OP_ARRAY:
10444 case OP_TYPE:
10445 case OP_TYPEOF:
10446 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10447 case OP_TYPEID:
10448 case OP_NAME:
10449 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10450
10451 case UNOP_NEG:
10452 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10453 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10454 case UNOP_ADDR:
10455 case UNOP_HIGH:
10456 case UNOP_CAST:
10457
10458 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10459 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10460 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10461 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10462 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10463 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10464 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10465
10466 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10467 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10468 ADDR is. */
10469 break;
10470
10471 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10472 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10473
10474 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10475 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10476 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10477 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10478
10479 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10480 are always constant. */
10481 {
10482 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10483
10484 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10485 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10486 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10487 return 0;
10488 break;
10489 }
10490
10491 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10492 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10493 then it is not a constant. */
10494 default:
10495 return 0;
10496 }
10497 }
10498
10499 return 1;
10500 }
10501
10502 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10503
10504 static void
10505 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10506 {
10507 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10508
10509 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10510 xfree (w->exp);
10511 xfree (w->exp_string);
10512 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10513 value_free (w->val);
10514
10515 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10516 }
10517
10518 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10519
10520 static void
10521 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10522 {
10523 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10524
10525 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10526 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10527
10528 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10529 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10530 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10531 are loaded and unloaded.
10532
10533 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10534 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10535 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10536 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10537 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10538 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10539
10540 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10541 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10542 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10543 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10544
10545 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10546 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10547
10548 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10549 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10550 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10551 }
10552
10553 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10554
10555 static int
10556 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10557 {
10558 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10559 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10560
10561 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10562 w->cond_exp);
10563 }
10564
10565 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10566
10567 static int
10568 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10569 {
10570 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10571 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10572
10573 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10574 w->cond_exp);
10575 }
10576
10577 static int
10578 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10579 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10580 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10581 {
10582 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10583 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10584
10585 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10586 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10587 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10588 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10589 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10590 (did not match the data address). */
10591 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10592 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10593 return 0;
10594
10595 return 1;
10596 }
10597
10598 static void
10599 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10600 {
10601 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10602
10603 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10604 }
10605
10606 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10607 hardware watchpoints. */
10608
10609 static int
10610 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10611 {
10612 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10613 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10614
10615 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10616 }
10617
10618 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10619 hardware watchpoints. */
10620
10621 static int
10622 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10623 {
10624 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10625 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10626 }
10627
10628 static enum print_stop_action
10629 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10630 {
10631 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10632 struct breakpoint *b;
10633 struct ui_file *stb;
10634 enum print_stop_action result;
10635 struct watchpoint *w;
10636 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10637
10638 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10639
10640 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10641 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10642
10643 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10644 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10645
10646 switch (b->type)
10647 {
10648 case bp_watchpoint:
10649 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10650 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10651 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10652 ui_out_field_string
10653 (uiout, "reason",
10654 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10655 mention (b);
10656 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10657 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10658 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10659 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10660 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10661 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10662 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10663 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10664 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10665 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10666 break;
10667
10668 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10669 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10670 ui_out_field_string
10671 (uiout, "reason",
10672 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10673 mention (b);
10674 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10675 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10676 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10677 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10678 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10679 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10680 break;
10681
10682 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10683 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10684 {
10685 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10686 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10687 ui_out_field_string
10688 (uiout, "reason",
10689 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10690 mention (b);
10691 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10692 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10693 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10694 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10695 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10696 }
10697 else
10698 {
10699 mention (b);
10700 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10701 ui_out_field_string
10702 (uiout, "reason",
10703 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10704 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10705 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10706 }
10707 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10708 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10709 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10710 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10711 break;
10712 default:
10713 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10714 }
10715
10716 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10717 return result;
10718 }
10719
10720 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10721 watchpoints. */
10722
10723 static void
10724 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10725 {
10726 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10727 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10728 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10729
10730 switch (b->type)
10731 {
10732 case bp_watchpoint:
10733 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10734 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10735 break;
10736 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10737 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10738 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10739 break;
10740 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10741 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10742 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10743 break;
10744 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10745 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10746 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10747 break;
10748 default:
10749 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10750 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10751 }
10752
10753 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10754 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10755 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10756 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10757 }
10758
10759 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10760 watchpoints. */
10761
10762 static void
10763 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10764 {
10765 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10766
10767 switch (b->type)
10768 {
10769 case bp_watchpoint:
10770 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10771 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10772 break;
10773 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10774 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10775 break;
10776 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10777 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10778 break;
10779 default:
10780 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10781 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10782 }
10783
10784 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10785 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10786 }
10787
10788 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10789 watchpoints. */
10790
10791 static int
10792 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10793 {
10794 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10795 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10796 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10797 return 0;
10798
10799 return 1;
10800 }
10801
10802 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10803
10804 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10805
10806 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10807 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10808
10809 static int
10810 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10811 {
10812 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10813
10814 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10815 bl->watchpoint_type);
10816 }
10817
10818 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10819 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10820
10821 static int
10822 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10823 {
10824 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10825
10826 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10827 bl->watchpoint_type);
10828 }
10829
10830 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10831 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10832
10833 static int
10834 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10835 {
10836 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10837
10838 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10839 }
10840
10841 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10842 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10843
10844 static int
10845 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10846 {
10847 return 0;
10848 }
10849
10850 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10851 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10852
10853 static enum print_stop_action
10854 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10855 {
10856 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10857 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10858
10859 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10860 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10861
10862 switch (b->type)
10863 {
10864 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10865 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10866 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10867 ui_out_field_string
10868 (uiout, "reason",
10869 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10870 break;
10871
10872 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10873 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10874 ui_out_field_string
10875 (uiout, "reason",
10876 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10877 break;
10878
10879 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10880 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10881 ui_out_field_string
10882 (uiout, "reason",
10883 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10884 break;
10885 default:
10886 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10887 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10888 }
10889
10890 mention (b);
10891 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10892 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10893 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10894 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10895
10896 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10897 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10898 }
10899
10900 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10901 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10902
10903 static void
10904 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10905 struct ui_out *uiout)
10906 {
10907 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10908
10909 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10910 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10911
10912 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10913 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10914 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10915 }
10916
10917 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10918 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10919
10920 static void
10921 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10922 {
10923 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10924 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10925 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10926
10927 switch (b->type)
10928 {
10929 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10930 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10931 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10932 break;
10933 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10934 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10935 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10936 break;
10937 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10938 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10939 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10940 break;
10941 default:
10942 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10943 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10944 }
10945
10946 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10947 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10948 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10949 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10950 }
10951
10952 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10953 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10954
10955 static void
10956 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10957 {
10958 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10959 char tmp[40];
10960
10961 switch (b->type)
10962 {
10963 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10964 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10965 break;
10966 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10967 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10968 break;
10969 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10970 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10971 break;
10972 default:
10973 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10974 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10975 }
10976
10977 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10978 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10979 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10980 }
10981
10982 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10983
10984 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10985
10986 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10987
10988 static int
10989 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10990 {
10991 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10992 }
10993
10994 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10995 hw_read: watch read,
10996 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10997 static void
10998 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10999 int just_location, int internal)
11000 {
11001 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
11002 struct expression *exp;
11003 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
11004 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
11005 int saved_bitpos = 0, saved_bitsize = 0;
11006 struct frame_info *frame;
11007 const char *exp_start = NULL;
11008 const char *exp_end = NULL;
11009 const char *tok, *end_tok;
11010 int toklen = -1;
11011 const char *cond_start = NULL;
11012 const char *cond_end = NULL;
11013 enum bptype bp_type;
11014 int thread = -1;
11015 int pc = 0;
11016 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11017 the hardware watchpoint. */
11018 int use_mask = 0;
11019 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
11020 struct watchpoint *w;
11021 char *expression;
11022 struct cleanup *back_to;
11023
11024 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11025 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
11026 {
11027 const char *value_start;
11028
11029 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
11030
11031 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11032 of the arguments string. */
11033 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
11034 {
11035 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11036 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11037 tok--;
11038
11039 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11040 This is the value of the parameter. */
11041 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11042 tok--;
11043 value_start = tok + 1;
11044
11045 /* Skip whitespace. */
11046 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11047 tok--;
11048
11049 end_tok = tok;
11050
11051 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11052 This is the parameter itself. */
11053 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11054 tok--;
11055 tok++;
11056 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
11057
11058 if (toklen == 6 && startswith (tok, "thread"))
11059 {
11060 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11061 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11062 only in a specific thread. */
11063 char *endp;
11064
11065 if (thread != -1)
11066 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11067
11068 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11069 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
11070
11071 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11072 thread ID. */
11073 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
11074 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
11075
11076 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11077 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
11078 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
11079 }
11080 else if (toklen == 4 && startswith (tok, "mask"))
11081 {
11082 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11083 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11084 facility. */
11085 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
11086
11087 if (use_mask)
11088 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11089
11090 use_mask = just_location = 1;
11091
11092 mark = value_mark ();
11093 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
11094 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
11095 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11096 }
11097 else
11098 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11099 break;
11100
11101 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11102 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11103 exp_end = tok;
11104 }
11105 }
11106 else
11107 exp_end = arg;
11108
11109 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11110 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11111 ARG. */
11112 innermost_block = NULL;
11113 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
11114 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
11115 exp_start = arg = expression;
11116 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
11117 exp_end = arg;
11118 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11119 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11120 prettier. */
11121 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
11122 --exp_end;
11123
11124 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11125 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
11126 {
11127 int len;
11128
11129 len = exp_end - exp_start;
11130 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
11131 len--;
11132 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
11133 }
11134
11135 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11136 mark = value_mark ();
11137 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL, just_location);
11138
11139 if (val != NULL && just_location)
11140 {
11141 saved_bitpos = value_bitpos (val);
11142 saved_bitsize = value_bitsize (val);
11143 }
11144
11145 if (just_location)
11146 {
11147 int ret;
11148
11149 exp_valid_block = NULL;
11150 val = value_addr (result);
11151 release_value (val);
11152 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11153
11154 if (use_mask)
11155 {
11156 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
11157 mask);
11158 if (ret == -1)
11159 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11160 else if (ret == -2)
11161 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11162 }
11163 }
11164 else if (val != NULL)
11165 release_value (val);
11166
11167 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11168 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11169
11170 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11171 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11172 {
11173 struct expression *cond;
11174
11175 innermost_block = NULL;
11176 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11177 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11178
11179 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11180 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11181 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11182
11183 xfree (cond);
11184 cond_end = tok;
11185 }
11186 if (*tok)
11187 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11188
11189 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11190
11191 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11192 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11193 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11194 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11195 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11196 {
11197 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11198 {
11199 scope_breakpoint
11200 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11201 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11202 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11203 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11204
11205 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11206
11207 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11208 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11209
11210 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11211 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11212
11213 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11214 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11215 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11216 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11217 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11218 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11219 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11220 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11221 scope_breakpoint->type);
11222 }
11223 }
11224
11225 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11226 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11227 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11228 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11229
11230 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11231 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11232 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11233 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11234 else
11235 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11236
11237 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11238 b = &w->base;
11239 if (use_mask)
11240 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11241 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11242 else
11243 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11244 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11245 b->thread = thread;
11246 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11247 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11248 w->exp = exp;
11249 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11250 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11251 if (just_location)
11252 {
11253 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11254 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11255 char *name;
11256
11257 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11258 name = type_to_string (t);
11259
11260 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11261 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11262 xfree (name);
11263
11264 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11265 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11266
11267 /* The above expression is in C. */
11268 b->language = language_c;
11269 }
11270 else
11271 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11272
11273 if (use_mask)
11274 {
11275 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11276 }
11277 else
11278 {
11279 w->val = val;
11280 w->val_bitpos = saved_bitpos;
11281 w->val_bitsize = saved_bitsize;
11282 w->val_valid = 1;
11283 }
11284
11285 if (cond_start)
11286 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11287 else
11288 b->cond_string = 0;
11289
11290 if (frame)
11291 {
11292 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11293 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11294 }
11295 else
11296 {
11297 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11298 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11299 }
11300
11301 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11302 {
11303 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11304 need to act on them together. */
11305 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11306 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11307 }
11308
11309 if (!just_location)
11310 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11311
11312 TRY
11313 {
11314 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11315 that should be inserted. */
11316 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11317 }
11318 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11319 {
11320 delete_breakpoint (b);
11321 throw_exception (e);
11322 }
11323 END_CATCH
11324
11325 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11326 do_cleanups (back_to);
11327 }
11328
11329 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11330 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11331
11332 static int
11333 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11334 {
11335 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11336 struct value *head = v;
11337
11338 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11339 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11340 return 0;
11341
11342 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11343 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11344 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11345 hardware watchpoint.
11346
11347 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11348 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11349 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11350 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11351 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11352 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11353 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11354 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11355 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11356
11357 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11358 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11359 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11360 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11361 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11362 {
11363 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11364 {
11365 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11366 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11367 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11368 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11369 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11370 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11371 ;
11372 else
11373 {
11374 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11375 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11376 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11377
11378 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11379 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11380 middle of some value chain. */
11381 if (v == head
11382 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11383 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11384 {
11385 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11386 int len;
11387 int num_regs;
11388
11389 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11390 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11391 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11392
11393 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11394 if (!num_regs)
11395 return 0;
11396 else
11397 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11398 }
11399 }
11400 }
11401 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11402 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11403 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11404 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11405 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11406 }
11407
11408 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11409 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11410 return found_memory_cnt;
11411 }
11412
11413 void
11414 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11415 {
11416 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11417 }
11418
11419 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11420 calls watch_command_1. */
11421
11422 static void
11423 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11424 {
11425 int just_location = 0;
11426
11427 if (arg
11428 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11429 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11430 {
11431 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11432 just_location = 1;
11433 }
11434
11435 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11436 }
11437
11438 static void
11439 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11440 {
11441 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11442 }
11443
11444 void
11445 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11446 {
11447 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11448 }
11449
11450 static void
11451 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11452 {
11453 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11454 }
11455
11456 void
11457 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11458 {
11459 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11460 }
11461
11462 static void
11463 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11464 {
11465 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11466 }
11467 \f
11468
11469 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11470 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11471
11472 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11473 {
11474 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11475 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11476 int thread_num;
11477 };
11478
11479 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11480 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11481 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11482 command. */
11483 static void
11484 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11485 {
11486 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11487
11488 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11489 if (a->breakpoint2)
11490 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11491 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11492 }
11493
11494 void
11495 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11496 {
11497 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11498 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11499 struct frame_info *frame;
11500 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11501 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11502 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11503 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11504 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11505 struct cleanup *old_chain, *cleanup;
11506 int thread;
11507 struct thread_info *tp;
11508 struct event_location *location;
11509
11510 clear_proceed_status (0);
11511
11512 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11513 this function. */
11514
11515 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
11516 cleanup = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
11517
11518 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11519 sals = decode_line_1 (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11520 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11521 get_last_displayed_line ());
11522 else
11523 sals = decode_line_1 (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11524 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11525
11526 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11527 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11528
11529 sal = sals.sals[0];
11530 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11531
11532 if (*arg)
11533 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11534
11535 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11536
11537 tp = inferior_thread ();
11538 thread = tp->num;
11539
11540 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11541
11542 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11543 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11544 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11545 that. */
11546
11547 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11548 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11549 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11550 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11551
11552 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11553 one. */
11554
11555 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11556 {
11557 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11558
11559 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11560 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11561 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11562 sal2,
11563 caller_frame_id,
11564 bp_until);
11565 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11566
11567 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11568 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11569 }
11570
11571 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11572 frame = NULL;
11573
11574 if (anywhere)
11575 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11576 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11577 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11578 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11579 else
11580 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11581 only at the very same frame. */
11582 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11583 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11584 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11585
11586 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT);
11587
11588 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11589 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11590 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11591 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11592
11593 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11594 {
11595 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11596 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11597
11598 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11599 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11600 args->thread_num = thread;
11601
11602 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11603 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11604 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11605 xfree);
11606 }
11607 else
11608 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11609
11610 do_cleanups (cleanup);
11611 }
11612
11613 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11614 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11615
11616 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11617 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11618 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11619 if clause in the arg string. */
11620
11621 char *
11622 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11623 {
11624 char *cond_string;
11625
11626 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11627 return NULL;
11628
11629 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11630 (*arg) += 2;
11631
11632 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11633 condition string. */
11634 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11635 cond_string = *arg;
11636
11637 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11638 string. */
11639 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11640
11641 return cond_string;
11642 }
11643
11644 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11645 process start/exit, etc. */
11646
11647 typedef enum
11648 {
11649 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11650 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11651 }
11652 catch_fork_kind;
11653
11654 static void
11655 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11656 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11657 {
11658 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11659 char *cond_string = NULL;
11660 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11661 int tempflag;
11662
11663 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11664 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11665 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11666
11667 if (!arg)
11668 arg = "";
11669 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11670
11671 /* The allowed syntax is:
11672 catch [v]fork
11673 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11674
11675 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11676 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11677
11678 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11679 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11680
11681 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11682 and enable reporting of such events. */
11683 switch (fork_kind)
11684 {
11685 case catch_fork_temporary:
11686 case catch_fork_permanent:
11687 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11688 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11689 break;
11690 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11691 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11692 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11693 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11694 break;
11695 default:
11696 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11697 break;
11698 }
11699 }
11700
11701 static void
11702 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11703 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11704 {
11705 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11706 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11707 int tempflag;
11708 char *cond_string = NULL;
11709
11710 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11711
11712 if (!arg)
11713 arg = "";
11714 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11715
11716 /* The allowed syntax is:
11717 catch exec
11718 catch exec if <cond>
11719
11720 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11721 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11722
11723 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11724 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11725
11726 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11727 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11728 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11729 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11730
11731 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11732 }
11733
11734 void
11735 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11736 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11737 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11738 char *addr_string,
11739 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11740 int tempflag,
11741 int enabled,
11742 int from_tty)
11743 {
11744 if (from_tty)
11745 {
11746 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11747 if (!loc_gdbarch)
11748 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11749
11750 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11751 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11752 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11753 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11754 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11755 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11756 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11757 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11758 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11759 enough for now, though. */
11760 }
11761
11762 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11763
11764 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
11765 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11766 b->location = string_to_event_location (&addr_string,
11767 language_def (language_ada));
11768 b->language = language_ada;
11769 }
11770
11771 static void
11772 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11773 {
11774 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11775 }
11776 \f
11777
11778 static void
11779 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11780 {
11781 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11782 }
11783
11784 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11785
11786 static int
11787 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11788 {
11789 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11790 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11791 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11792 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11793
11794 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11795 return -1;
11796 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11797 return 1;
11798
11799 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11800 the number 0. */
11801 if (ua < ub)
11802 return -1;
11803 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11804 }
11805
11806 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11807
11808 static void
11809 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11810 {
11811 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11812 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11813 int ix;
11814 int default_match;
11815 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11816 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11817 int i;
11818 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11819
11820 if (arg)
11821 {
11822 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11823 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11824 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11825 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11826 default_match = 0;
11827 }
11828 else
11829 {
11830 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11831 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11832 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11833 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11834
11835 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11836 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11837 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11838 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11839 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11840 error (_("No source file specified."));
11841
11842 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11843 sals.nelts = 1;
11844
11845 default_match = 1;
11846 }
11847
11848 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11849 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11850 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11851 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11852
11853 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11854 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11855 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11856 due to optimization, all in one block.
11857
11858 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11859 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11860 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11861 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11862 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11863 to support that. */
11864
11865 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11866 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11867 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11868 breakpoint. */
11869
11870 found = NULL;
11871 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11872 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11873 {
11874 const char *sal_fullname;
11875
11876 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11877 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11878 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11879 or at default pc.
11880
11881 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11882
11883 0 1 pc
11884 1 1 pc _and_ line
11885 0 0 line
11886 1 0 <can't happen> */
11887
11888 sal = sals.sals[i];
11889 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
11890 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
11891
11892 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11893 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11894 {
11895 int match = 0;
11896 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11897 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11898 {
11899 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11900 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11901 {
11902 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11903 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11904 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11905 && sal.pc
11906 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11907 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11908 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11909 || loc->section == sal.section));
11910 int line_match = 0;
11911
11912 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11913 && loc->symtab != NULL
11914 && sal_fullname != NULL
11915 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11916 && loc->line_number == sal.line
11917 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
11918 sal_fullname) == 0)
11919 line_match = 1;
11920
11921 if (pc_match || line_match)
11922 {
11923 match = 1;
11924 break;
11925 }
11926 }
11927 }
11928
11929 if (match)
11930 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
11931 }
11932 }
11933
11934 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11935 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
11936 {
11937 if (arg)
11938 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11939 else
11940 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11941 }
11942
11943 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11944 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
11945 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
11946 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
11947 compare_breakpoints);
11948 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
11949 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
11950 {
11951 if (b == prev)
11952 {
11953 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
11954 --ix;
11955 }
11956 }
11957
11958 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
11959 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11960 if (from_tty)
11961 {
11962 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
11963 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11964 else
11965 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11966 }
11967
11968 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
11969 {
11970 if (from_tty)
11971 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
11972 delete_breakpoint (b);
11973 }
11974 if (from_tty)
11975 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11976
11977 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11978 }
11979 \f
11980 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11981 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11982 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11983
11984 void
11985 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
11986 {
11987 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11988
11989 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
11990 if (bs->breakpoint_at
11991 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
11992 && bs->stop)
11993 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
11994
11995 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11996 {
11997 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
11998 delete_breakpoint (b);
11999 }
12000 }
12001
12002 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12003 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12004 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12005 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12006 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12007 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12008
12009 static int
12010 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12011 {
12012 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12013 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12014
12015 if (a->address != b->address)
12016 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12017
12018 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12019 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12020 grouped. */
12021
12022 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12023 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12024 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12025
12026 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12027 if (a->permanent != b->permanent)
12028 return (a->permanent < b->permanent) - (a->permanent > b->permanent);
12029
12030 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12031 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12032 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12033
12034 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12035 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12036 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12037
12038 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12039 }
12040
12041 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12042 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12043 content of the bp_location array. */
12044
12045 static void
12046 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12047 {
12048 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12049
12050 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12051 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12052
12053 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12054 {
12055 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12056
12057 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12058 continue;
12059
12060 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12061 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12062
12063 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12064 addr = bl->address - start;
12065 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12066 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12067
12068 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12069
12070 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12071 addr = end - bl->address;
12072 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12073 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12074 }
12075 }
12076
12077 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12078
12079 static void
12080 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12081 {
12082 struct breakpoint *b;
12083 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12084
12085 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12086 return;
12087
12088 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12089
12090 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12091 {
12092 struct bp_location *bl;
12093 struct tracepoint *t;
12094 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12095
12096 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12097 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12098 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12099 continue;
12100
12101 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12102 {
12103 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12104 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12105 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12106 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12107 continue;
12108
12109 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12110
12111 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12112
12113 bl->inserted = 1;
12114 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12115 }
12116 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12117 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12118 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12119 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12120 }
12121
12122 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12123 }
12124
12125 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12126
12127 static void
12128 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12129 {
12130 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12131 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12132 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12133 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12134
12135 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12136 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12137 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12138 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12139 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12140
12141 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12142 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12143 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12144 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12145 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12146 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12147 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12148 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12149 }
12150
12151 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12152 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12153 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12154 the target. */
12155
12156 static void
12157 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12158 {
12159 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12160 struct bp_location *loc;
12161 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12162 int pspace_num;
12163
12164 address = bl->address;
12165 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12166
12167 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12168 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12169 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12170 side. */
12171 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12172 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12173 return;
12174
12175 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12176 the same program space as the location
12177 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12178 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12179 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12180 {
12181 loc = *loc2p;
12182
12183 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12184 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12185 continue;
12186
12187 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12188 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12189 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12190 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12191 that have already been marked. */
12192 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12193
12194 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12195 it later on. */
12196 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12197 {
12198 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12199 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12200 }
12201 }
12202 }
12203 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12204 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12205 locations are duplicate of which.
12206
12207 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12208 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12209 info. */
12210
12211 static void
12212 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12213 {
12214 struct breakpoint *b;
12215 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12216 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12217 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12218 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12219 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12220 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12221
12222 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12223 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12224 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12225 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12226 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12227 once. */
12228 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12229 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12230 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12231 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12232
12233 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12234 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12235 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12236 unsigned old_location_count;
12237
12238 old_location = bp_location;
12239 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12240 bp_location = NULL;
12241 bp_location_count = 0;
12242 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12243
12244 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12245 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12246 bp_location_count++;
12247
12248 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12249 locp = bp_location;
12250 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12251 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12252 *locp++ = loc;
12253 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12254 bp_location_compare);
12255
12256 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12257
12258 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12259 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12260 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12261 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12262 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12263 location.
12264
12265 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12266 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12267
12268 locp = bp_location;
12269 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12270 old_locp++)
12271 {
12272 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12273 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12274
12275 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12276 not, we have to free it. */
12277 int found_object = 0;
12278 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12279 int keep_in_target = 0;
12280 int removed = 0;
12281
12282 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12283 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12284 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12285 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12286 locp++;
12287
12288 for (loc2p = locp;
12289 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12290 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12291 loc2p++)
12292 {
12293 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12294 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12295 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12296 place there. */
12297 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12298 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12299 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12300 {
12301 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12302 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12303 }
12304
12305 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12306 found_object = 1;
12307 }
12308
12309 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12310 have to go through updates again. */
12311 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12312
12313 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12314 if (!found_object)
12315 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12316
12317 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12318 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12319 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12320 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12321 at certain location is not inserted. */
12322
12323 if (old_loc->inserted)
12324 {
12325 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12326 it. */
12327
12328 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12329 {
12330 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12331 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12332 keep_in_target = 1;
12333 }
12334 else
12335 {
12336 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12337 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12338 remove its target-side condition. */
12339
12340 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12341 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12342 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12343 this one from the target. */
12344
12345 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12346 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12347 {
12348 for (loc2p = locp;
12349 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12350 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12351 loc2p++)
12352 {
12353 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12354
12355 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12356 {
12357 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12358 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12359 supported, but the latter are. */
12360 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12361 {
12362 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12363 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12364 }
12365
12366 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12367 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12368 unduplicated. */
12369 if (loc2 != old_loc
12370 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12371 {
12372 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12373 keep_in_target = 1;
12374 break;
12375 }
12376 }
12377 }
12378 }
12379 }
12380
12381 if (!keep_in_target)
12382 {
12383 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12384 {
12385 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12386 this location on the global list, and try to
12387 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12388 reason why we will succeed next time.
12389
12390 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12391 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12392 only after calling us. */
12393 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12394 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12395 old_loc->owner->number);
12396 }
12397 removed = 1;
12398 }
12399 }
12400
12401 if (!found_object)
12402 {
12403 if (removed && target_is_non_stop_p ()
12404 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc))
12405 {
12406 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12407 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12408 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12409 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12410 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12411 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12412 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12413 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12414 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12415 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12416 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12417 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12418 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12419 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12420 SIGTRAP.
12421
12422 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12423 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12424
12425 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12426 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12427 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12428 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12429 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12430 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12431 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12432 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12433 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12434 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12435 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12436 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12437 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12438 thread_count.
12439
12440 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12441 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12442 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12443 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12444
12445 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12446 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12447 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12448 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12449 traps we can no longer explain. */
12450
12451 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12452 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12453
12454 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12455 }
12456 else
12457 {
12458 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12459 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12460 }
12461 }
12462 }
12463
12464 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12465 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12466 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12467 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12468 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12469 are sorted first for the same address.
12470
12471 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12472 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12473
12474 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12475 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12476 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12477 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12478 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12479 {
12480 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12481 non-NULL. */
12482 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12483 b = loc->owner;
12484
12485 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12486 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12487 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12488 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12489 `struct bp_location'. */
12490 || is_tracepoint (b))
12491 {
12492 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12493 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12494 continue;
12495 }
12496
12497 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12498 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12499 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12500 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12501 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12502 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12503 else
12504 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12505
12506 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12507 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12508 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12509 {
12510 *loc_first_p = loc;
12511 loc->duplicate = 0;
12512
12513 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12514 {
12515 loc->needs_update = 1;
12516 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12517 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12518 }
12519 continue;
12520 }
12521
12522
12523 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12524 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12525 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12526 if (loc->inserted)
12527 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12528 loc->duplicate = 1;
12529
12530 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12531 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12532 }
12533
12534 if (insert_mode == UGLL_INSERT || breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12535 {
12536 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12537 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12538 else
12539 {
12540 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12541 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12542 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12543 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12544 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12545 "needs_update". */
12546 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12547 }
12548 }
12549
12550 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12551 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12552
12553 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12554 }
12555
12556 void
12557 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12558 {
12559 struct bp_location *loc;
12560 int ix;
12561
12562 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12563 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12564 {
12565 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12566 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12567 --ix;
12568 }
12569 }
12570
12571 static void
12572 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12573 {
12574
12575 TRY
12576 {
12577 update_global_location_list (insert_mode);
12578 }
12579 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12580 {
12581 }
12582 END_CATCH
12583 }
12584
12585 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12586
12587 static void
12588 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12589 {
12590 bpstat bs;
12591
12592 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12593 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12594 {
12595 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12596 bs->old_val = NULL;
12597 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12598 }
12599 }
12600
12601 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12602 static int
12603 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12604 {
12605 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12606
12607 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12608 return 0;
12609 }
12610
12611 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12612 callbacks. */
12613
12614 static void
12615 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12616 {
12617 struct value_print_options opts;
12618
12619 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12620
12621 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12622 single string. */
12623 if (b->loc == NULL)
12624 {
12625 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12626 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12627 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12628 if (b->extra_string == NULL)
12629 {
12630 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12631 event_location_to_string (b->location));
12632 }
12633 else if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
12634 {
12635 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12636 event_location_to_string (b->location),
12637 b->extra_string);
12638 }
12639 else
12640 {
12641 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12642 event_location_to_string (b->location),
12643 b->extra_string);
12644 }
12645 }
12646 else
12647 {
12648 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12649 {
12650 printf_filtered (" at ");
12651 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12652 gdb_stdout);
12653 }
12654 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12655 {
12656 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12657 more nicely. */
12658 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12659 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12660 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12661 b->loc->line_number);
12662 else
12663 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12664 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12665 real situation somewhat. */
12666 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12667 event_location_to_string (b->location));
12668 }
12669
12670 if (b->loc->next)
12671 {
12672 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12673 int n = 0;
12674 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12675 ++n;
12676 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12677 }
12678 }
12679 }
12680
12681 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12682
12683 static void
12684 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12685 {
12686 xfree (self->cond);
12687 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12688 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12689 xfree (self->function_name);
12690
12691 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.conditions);
12692 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.tcommands);
12693 }
12694
12695 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12696 {
12697 bp_location_dtor
12698 };
12699
12700 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12701 inherit from. */
12702
12703 static void
12704 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12705 {
12706 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12707 xfree (self->cond_string);
12708 xfree (self->extra_string);
12709 xfree (self->filter);
12710 delete_event_location (self->location);
12711 delete_event_location (self->location_range_end);
12712 }
12713
12714 static struct bp_location *
12715 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12716 {
12717 struct bp_location *loc;
12718
12719 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12720 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12721 return loc;
12722 }
12723
12724 static void
12725 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12726 {
12727 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12728 }
12729
12730 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12731 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12732
12733 static int
12734 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12735 {
12736 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12737 }
12738
12739 static int
12740 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12741 {
12742 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12743 }
12744
12745 static int
12746 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12747 struct address_space *aspace,
12748 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12749 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12750 {
12751 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12752 }
12753
12754 static void
12755 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12756 {
12757 /* Always stop. */
12758 }
12759
12760 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12761 errors. */
12762
12763 static int
12764 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12765 {
12766 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12767 }
12768
12769 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12770 errors. */
12771
12772 static int
12773 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12774 {
12775 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12776 }
12777
12778 static enum print_stop_action
12779 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12780 {
12781 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12782 }
12783
12784 static void
12785 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12786 struct ui_out *uiout)
12787 {
12788 /* nothing */
12789 }
12790
12791 static void
12792 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12793 {
12794 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12795 }
12796
12797 static void
12798 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12799 {
12800 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12801 }
12802
12803 static void
12804 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12805 (const struct event_location *location,
12806 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12807 enum bptype type_wanted)
12808 {
12809 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12810 }
12811
12812 static void
12813 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12814 struct linespec_result *c,
12815 char *cond_string,
12816 char *extra_string,
12817 enum bptype type_wanted,
12818 enum bpdisp disposition,
12819 int thread,
12820 int task, int ignore_count,
12821 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12822 int from_tty, int enabled,
12823 int internal, unsigned flags)
12824 {
12825 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12826 }
12827
12828 static void
12829 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12830 const struct event_location *location,
12831 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12832 {
12833 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12834 }
12835
12836 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12837
12838 static int
12839 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
12840 {
12841 return 1;
12842 }
12843
12844 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12845
12846 static void
12847 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
12848 {
12849 /* Nothing to do. */
12850 }
12851
12852 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12853 {
12854 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12855 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12856 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12857 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12858 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12859 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12860 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12861 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12862 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12863 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12864 NULL,
12865 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12866 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12867 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12868 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location,
12869 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12870 base_breakpoint_decode_location,
12871 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
12872 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
12873 };
12874
12875 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12876
12877 static void
12878 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12879 {
12880 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12881 if (event_location_empty_p (b->location))
12882 {
12883 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12884 delete_breakpoint (b);
12885 return;
12886 }
12887
12888 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12889 }
12890
12891 static int
12892 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12893 {
12894 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12895 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12896 else
12897 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12898 }
12899
12900 static int
12901 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12902 {
12903 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12904 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12905 else
12906 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12907 }
12908
12909 static int
12910 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12911 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12912 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12913 {
12914 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12915 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12916 return 0;
12917
12918 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12919 aspace, bp_addr))
12920 return 0;
12921
12922 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12923 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12924 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12925 return 0;
12926
12927 return 1;
12928 }
12929
12930 static int
12931 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12932 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12933 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12934 {
12935 if (dprintf_style == dprintf_style_agent
12936 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12937 {
12938 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12939 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12940 be set at the same address. */
12941 return 0;
12942 }
12943
12944 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
12945 }
12946
12947 static int
12948 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12949 {
12950 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12951
12952 return 1;
12953 }
12954
12955 static enum print_stop_action
12956 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12957 {
12958 struct breakpoint *b;
12959 const struct bp_location *bl;
12960 int bp_temp;
12961 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12962
12963 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12964
12965 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12966 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12967
12968 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12969 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12970 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12971 bl->address,
12972 b->number, 1);
12973 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12974 if (bp_temp)
12975 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12976 else
12977 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
12978 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12979 {
12980 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
12981 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12982 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12983 }
12984 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
12985 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
12986
12987 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12988 }
12989
12990 static void
12991 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12992 {
12993 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
12994 return;
12995
12996 switch (b->type)
12997 {
12998 case bp_breakpoint:
12999 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13000 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13001 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13002 else
13003 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13004 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13005 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13006 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13007 break;
13008 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13009 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13010 break;
13011 case bp_dprintf:
13012 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13013 break;
13014 }
13015
13016 say_where (b);
13017 }
13018
13019 static void
13020 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13021 {
13022 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13023 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13024 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13025 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13026 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13027 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13028 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13029 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13030 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13031 else
13032 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13033 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13034
13035 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
13036 event_location_to_string (tp->location));
13037
13038 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
13039 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
13040 if (tp->loc == NULL && tp->extra_string != NULL)
13041 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->extra_string);
13042
13043 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13044 }
13045
13046 static void
13047 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13048 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13049 enum bptype type_wanted)
13050 {
13051 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
13052 }
13053
13054 static void
13055 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13056 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13057 char *cond_string,
13058 char *extra_string,
13059 enum bptype type_wanted,
13060 enum bpdisp disposition,
13061 int thread,
13062 int task, int ignore_count,
13063 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13064 int from_tty, int enabled,
13065 int internal, unsigned flags)
13066 {
13067 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13068 cond_string, extra_string,
13069 type_wanted,
13070 disposition, thread, task,
13071 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13072 enabled, internal, flags);
13073 }
13074
13075 static void
13076 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13077 const struct event_location *location,
13078 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13079 {
13080 decode_location_default (b, location, sals);
13081 }
13082
13083 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13084
13085 static void
13086 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13087 {
13088 switch (b->type)
13089 {
13090 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13091 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13092 case bp_overlay_event:
13093 case bp_longjmp_master:
13094 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13095 case bp_exception_master:
13096 delete_breakpoint (b);
13097 break;
13098
13099 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13100 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13101 case bp_shlib_event:
13102
13103 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13104 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13105 case bp_thread_event:
13106 break;
13107 }
13108 }
13109
13110 static void
13111 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13112 {
13113 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13114 {
13115 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13116 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13117 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13118 objects (among other things). */
13119 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13120 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13121 }
13122 else
13123 bs->stop = 0;
13124 }
13125
13126 static enum print_stop_action
13127 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13128 {
13129 struct breakpoint *b;
13130
13131 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13132
13133 switch (b->type)
13134 {
13135 case bp_shlib_event:
13136 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13137 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13138 to shlib event" message.) */
13139 print_solib_event (0);
13140 break;
13141
13142 case bp_thread_event:
13143 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13144 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13145 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13146 break;
13147
13148 case bp_overlay_event:
13149 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13150 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13151 break;
13152
13153 case bp_longjmp_master:
13154 /* These should never be enabled. */
13155 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13156 break;
13157
13158 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13159 /* These should never be enabled. */
13160 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13161 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13162 break;
13163
13164 case bp_exception_master:
13165 /* These should never be enabled. */
13166 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13167 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13168 break;
13169 }
13170
13171 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13172 }
13173
13174 static void
13175 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13176 {
13177 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13178 }
13179
13180 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13181
13182 static void
13183 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13184 {
13185 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13186 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13187 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13188 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13189 }
13190
13191 static void
13192 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13193 {
13194 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13195 }
13196
13197 static enum print_stop_action
13198 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13199 {
13200 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13201
13202 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13203 {
13204 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13205
13206 switch (b->type)
13207 {
13208 case bp_finish:
13209 ui_out_field_string
13210 (uiout, "reason",
13211 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13212 break;
13213
13214 case bp_until:
13215 ui_out_field_string
13216 (uiout, "reason",
13217 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13218 break;
13219 }
13220 }
13221
13222 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13223 }
13224
13225 static void
13226 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13227 {
13228 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13229 }
13230
13231 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13232
13233 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13234 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13235
13236 static void
13237 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13238 {
13239 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13240
13241 if (tp)
13242 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13243
13244 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13245 }
13246
13247 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13248
13249 static int
13250 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13251 {
13252 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13253
13254 if (v == 0)
13255 {
13256 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13257 if needed. */
13258 if (bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore != NULL)
13259 bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13260 bl->probe.objfile,
13261 bl->gdbarch);
13262 }
13263
13264 return v;
13265 }
13266
13267 static int
13268 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13269 {
13270 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13271 if (bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore != NULL)
13272 bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13273 bl->probe.objfile,
13274 bl->gdbarch);
13275
13276 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13277 }
13278
13279 static void
13280 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13281 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13282 enum bptype type_wanted)
13283 {
13284 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13285
13286 lsal.sals = parse_probes (location, canonical);
13287 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location));
13288 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13289 }
13290
13291 static void
13292 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13293 const struct event_location *location,
13294 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13295 {
13296 *sals = parse_probes (location, NULL);
13297 if (!sals->sals)
13298 error (_("probe not found"));
13299 }
13300
13301 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13302
13303 static void
13304 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13305 {
13306 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13307 }
13308
13309 static int
13310 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13311 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13312 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13313 {
13314 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13315 tracepoints. */
13316 return 0;
13317 }
13318
13319 static void
13320 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13321 struct ui_out *uiout)
13322 {
13323 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13324 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13325 {
13326 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13327
13328 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13329 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13330 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13331 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13332 }
13333 }
13334
13335 static void
13336 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13337 {
13338 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13339 return;
13340
13341 switch (b->type)
13342 {
13343 case bp_tracepoint:
13344 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13345 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13346 break;
13347 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13348 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13349 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13350 break;
13351 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13352 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13353 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13354 break;
13355 default:
13356 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13357 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13358 }
13359
13360 say_where (b);
13361 }
13362
13363 static void
13364 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13365 {
13366 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13367
13368 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13369 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13370 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13371 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13372 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13373 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13374 else
13375 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13376 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13377
13378 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
13379 event_location_to_string (self->location));
13380 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13381
13382 if (tp->pass_count)
13383 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13384 }
13385
13386 static void
13387 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13388 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13389 enum bptype type_wanted)
13390 {
13391 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
13392 }
13393
13394 static void
13395 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13396 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13397 char *cond_string,
13398 char *extra_string,
13399 enum bptype type_wanted,
13400 enum bpdisp disposition,
13401 int thread,
13402 int task, int ignore_count,
13403 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13404 int from_tty, int enabled,
13405 int internal, unsigned flags)
13406 {
13407 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13408 cond_string, extra_string,
13409 type_wanted,
13410 disposition, thread, task,
13411 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13412 enabled, internal, flags);
13413 }
13414
13415 static void
13416 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13417 const struct event_location *location,
13418 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13419 {
13420 decode_location_default (b, location, sals);
13421 }
13422
13423 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13424
13425 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13426 static probe. */
13427
13428 static void
13429 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13430 (const struct event_location *location,
13431 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13432 enum bptype type_wanted)
13433 {
13434 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13435 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location, canonical, type_wanted);
13436 }
13437
13438 static void
13439 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13440 const struct event_location *location,
13441 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13442 {
13443 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13444 bkpt_probe_decode_location (b, location, sals);
13445 }
13446
13447 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13448
13449 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13450
13451 static void
13452 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13453 {
13454 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13455
13456 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13457 gdb_assert (b->extra_string != NULL);
13458
13459 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13460 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13461 3 - disconnect from target 1
13462 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13463
13464 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13465 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13466 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13467 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13468 it all the time. */
13469 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13470 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13471 }
13472
13473 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13474
13475 static void
13476 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13477 {
13478 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s,%s",
13479 event_location_to_string (tp->location),
13480 tp->extra_string);
13481 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13482 }
13483
13484 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13485 dprintf.
13486
13487 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13488 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13489 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13490 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13491 address are all handled. */
13492
13493 static void
13494 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13495 {
13496 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13497 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL };
13498 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13499
13500 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13501 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13502 condition not be evaluated. */
13503 bs->stop = 0;
13504
13505 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13506 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13507 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13508 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13509 commands here throws. */
13510 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13511 bs->commands = NULL;
13512 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands);
13513
13514 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13515
13516 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13517 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13518 list. */
13519 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13520 }
13521
13522 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13523 markers (`-m'). */
13524
13525 static void
13526 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13527 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13528 enum bptype type_wanted)
13529 {
13530 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13531 const char *arg_start, *arg;
13532 char *str;
13533 struct cleanup *cleanup;
13534
13535 arg = arg_start = get_linespec_location (location);
13536 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg);
13537
13538 str = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
13539 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
13540 canonical->location = new_linespec_location (&str);
13541 do_cleanups (cleanup);
13542
13543 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location));
13544 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13545 }
13546
13547 static void
13548 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13549 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13550 char *cond_string,
13551 char *extra_string,
13552 enum bptype type_wanted,
13553 enum bpdisp disposition,
13554 int thread,
13555 int task, int ignore_count,
13556 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13557 int from_tty, int enabled,
13558 int internal, unsigned flags)
13559 {
13560 int i;
13561 struct linespec_sals *lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals,
13562 canonical->sals, 0);
13563
13564 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13565 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13566 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13567 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13568 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13569 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13570
13571 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13572 {
13573 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13574 struct tracepoint *tp;
13575 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13576 struct event_location *location;
13577
13578 expanded.nelts = 1;
13579 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13580
13581 location = copy_event_location (canonical->location);
13582 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
13583
13584 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13585 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13586 location, NULL,
13587 cond_string, extra_string,
13588 type_wanted, disposition,
13589 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13590 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13591 canonical->special_display);
13592 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13593 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13594 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13595 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13596 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13597 corresponds to this one */
13598 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13599
13600 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13601
13602 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13603 }
13604 }
13605
13606 static void
13607 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13608 const struct event_location *location,
13609 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13610 {
13611 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13612 const char *s = get_linespec_location (location);
13613
13614 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s);
13615 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13616 {
13617 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13618 sals->nelts = 1;
13619 }
13620 else
13621 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13622 }
13623
13624 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13625
13626 static int
13627 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13628 {
13629 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13630 }
13631
13632 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13633 structures. */
13634
13635 void
13636 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13637 {
13638 struct breakpoint *b;
13639
13640 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13641
13642 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13643 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13644 especial culprits.
13645
13646 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13647 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13648 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13649 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13650 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13651 deleted.
13652
13653 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13654 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13655 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13656 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13657 was chosen. */
13658 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13659 return;
13660
13661 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13662 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13663 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13664 {
13665 struct breakpoint *related;
13666 struct watchpoint *w;
13667
13668 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13669 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13670 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13671 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13672 else
13673 w = NULL;
13674 if (w != NULL)
13675 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13676
13677 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13678 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13679 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13680 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13681 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13682 }
13683
13684 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13685 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13686 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13687 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13688 if (bpt->number)
13689 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13690
13691 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13692 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13693
13694 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13695 if (b->next == bpt)
13696 {
13697 b->next = bpt->next;
13698 break;
13699 }
13700
13701 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13702 been freed. */
13703 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13704 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13705 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13706 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13707 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13708 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13709 commands won't work. */
13710
13711 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13712
13713 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13714 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13715 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13716 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13717 might be better design to have location completely
13718 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13719 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
13720
13721 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13722 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13723 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13724 bpt->type = bp_none;
13725 xfree (bpt);
13726 }
13727
13728 static void
13729 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13730 {
13731 delete_breakpoint (b);
13732 }
13733
13734 struct cleanup *
13735 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13736 {
13737 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13738 }
13739
13740 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13741 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13742
13743 static void
13744 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13745 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13746 void *),
13747 void *data)
13748 {
13749 struct breakpoint *related;
13750
13751 related = b;
13752 do
13753 {
13754 struct breakpoint *next;
13755
13756 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13757 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13758
13759 if (next == related)
13760 {
13761 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13762 function (related, data);
13763
13764 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13765 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13766 out. */
13767 break;
13768 }
13769 else
13770 function (related, data);
13771
13772 related = next;
13773 }
13774 while (related != b);
13775 }
13776
13777 static void
13778 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13779 {
13780 delete_breakpoint (b);
13781 }
13782
13783 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13784 delete_breakpoint. */
13785
13786 static void
13787 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13788 {
13789 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13790 }
13791
13792 void
13793 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13794 {
13795 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13796
13797 dont_repeat ();
13798
13799 if (arg == 0)
13800 {
13801 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13802
13803 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13804 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13805 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13806 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13807 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13808 {
13809 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13810 break;
13811 }
13812
13813 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13814 if (!from_tty
13815 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13816 {
13817 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13818 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13819 delete_breakpoint (b);
13820 }
13821 }
13822 else
13823 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13824 }
13825
13826 static int
13827 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13828 {
13829 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13830 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13831 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13832 return 0;
13833 return 1;
13834 }
13835
13836 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13837 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13838 Null names are ignored. */
13839
13840 static int
13841 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13842 {
13843 struct bp_location *l;
13844 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13845 (int (*) (const void *,
13846 const void *)) streq,
13847 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13848
13849 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13850 {
13851 const char **slot;
13852 const char *name = l->function_name;
13853
13854 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13855 if (name == NULL)
13856 continue;
13857
13858 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13859 INSERT);
13860 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13861 returns NULL. */
13862 if (*slot != NULL)
13863 {
13864 htab_delete (htab);
13865 return 1;
13866 }
13867 *slot = name;
13868 }
13869
13870 htab_delete (htab);
13871 return 0;
13872 }
13873
13874 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13875 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13876 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13877 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13878 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13879 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13880 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13881 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13882 The heuristic is:
13883
13884 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13885 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13886 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13887 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13888 in the sources, and output a warning.
13889
13890 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13891 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13892 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13893 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13894 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13895 warning.
13896
13897 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13898 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13899 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13900 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13901 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13902 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13903 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13904 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13905 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13906
13907 static struct symtab_and_line
13908 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13909 {
13910 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13911 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13912 CORE_ADDR pc;
13913
13914 pc = sal.pc;
13915 if (sal.line)
13916 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13917
13918 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13919 {
13920 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13921 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13922 b->number,
13923 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13924
13925 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13926 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13927 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13928
13929 return sal;
13930 }
13931
13932 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13933 by string ID. */
13934 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13935 && sal.line != 0
13936 && sal.symtab != NULL
13937 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13938 {
13939 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13940
13941 markers
13942 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13943
13944 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13945 {
13946 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13947 struct symbol *sym;
13948 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13949 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13950 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
13951
13952 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13953
13954 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13955 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13956
13957 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13958 "found at previous line number"),
13959 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13960
13961 init_sal (&sal2);
13962
13963 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13964
13965 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13966 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13967 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13968 if (sym)
13969 {
13970 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13971 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13972 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13973 }
13974 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
13975 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13976 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13977
13978 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13979 {
13980 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13981
13982 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13983 }
13984
13985 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13986 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13987
13988 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13989 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
13990
13991 delete_event_location (b->location);
13992 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
13993 explicit_loc.source_filename
13994 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13995 explicit_loc.line_offset.offset = b->loc->line_number;
13996 explicit_loc.line_offset.sign = LINE_OFFSET_NONE;
13997 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
13998
13999 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14000 so. */
14001
14002 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
14003 }
14004 }
14005 return sal;
14006 }
14007
14008 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14009 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14010
14011 static int
14012 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
14013 {
14014 while (a && b)
14015 {
14016 if (a->address != b->address)
14017 return 0;
14018
14019 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
14020 return 0;
14021
14022 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
14023 return 0;
14024
14025 a = a->next;
14026 b = b->next;
14027 }
14028
14029 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14030 return 0;
14031
14032 return 1;
14033 }
14034
14035 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14036 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14037 a ranged breakpoint. */
14038
14039 void
14040 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14041 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14042 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14043 {
14044 int i;
14045 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14046
14047 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14048 {
14049 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14050 location. */
14051 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14052 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14053 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14054 "multiple locations found\n"),
14055 b->number);
14056 return;
14057 }
14058
14059 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14060 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14061 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14062 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14063 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14064 individual locations. */
14065 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14066 return;
14067
14068 b->loc = NULL;
14069
14070 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14071 {
14072 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14073
14074 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14075
14076 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14077
14078 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14079 old symtab. */
14080 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14081 {
14082 const char *s;
14083
14084 s = b->cond_string;
14085 TRY
14086 {
14087 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14088 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14089 0);
14090 }
14091 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14092 {
14093 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14094 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14095 b->number, e.message);
14096 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14097 }
14098 END_CATCH
14099 }
14100
14101 if (sals_end.nelts)
14102 {
14103 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14104
14105 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14106 }
14107 }
14108
14109 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14110 breakpoints. */
14111 {
14112 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14113 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14114 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14115 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14116 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14117 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14118 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14119
14120 for (; e; e = e->next)
14121 {
14122 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14123 {
14124 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14125 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14126 {
14127 for (; l; l = l->next)
14128 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14129 {
14130 l->enabled = 0;
14131 break;
14132 }
14133 }
14134 else
14135 {
14136 for (; l; l = l->next)
14137 if (l->function_name
14138 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14139 {
14140 l->enabled = 0;
14141 break;
14142 }
14143 }
14144 }
14145 }
14146 }
14147
14148 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14149 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14150
14151 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14152 }
14153
14154 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
14155 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14156
14157 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14158 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, struct event_location *location,
14159 int *found)
14160 {
14161 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14162 struct gdb_exception exception = exception_none;
14163
14164 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14165
14166 TRY
14167 {
14168 b->ops->decode_location (b, location, &sals);
14169 }
14170 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14171 {
14172 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14173
14174 exception = e;
14175
14176 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14177 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14178 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14179 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14180 state, then user already saw the message about that
14181 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14182 errors. */
14183 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14184 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14185 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14186 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14187 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14188 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14189
14190 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14191 {
14192 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14193 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14194 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14195 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14196 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14197 which approach is better. */
14198 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14199 throw_exception (e);
14200 }
14201 }
14202 END_CATCH
14203
14204 if (exception.reason == 0 || exception.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14205 {
14206 int i;
14207
14208 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14209 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14210 if (b->condition_not_parsed && b->extra_string != NULL)
14211 {
14212 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14213 int thread, task;
14214
14215 find_condition_and_thread (b->extra_string, sals.sals[0].pc,
14216 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14217 &extra_string);
14218 gdb_assert (b->cond_string == NULL);
14219 if (cond_string)
14220 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14221 b->thread = thread;
14222 b->task = task;
14223 if (extra_string)
14224 {
14225 xfree (b->extra_string);
14226 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14227 }
14228 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14229 }
14230
14231 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14232 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14233
14234 *found = 1;
14235 }
14236 else
14237 *found = 0;
14238
14239 return sals;
14240 }
14241
14242 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14243 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14244 locations. */
14245
14246 static void
14247 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14248 {
14249 int found;
14250 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14251 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14252 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14253
14254 sals = location_to_sals (b, b->location, &found);
14255 if (found)
14256 {
14257 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14258 expanded = sals;
14259 }
14260
14261 if (b->location_range_end != NULL)
14262 {
14263 sals_end = location_to_sals (b, b->location_range_end, &found);
14264 if (found)
14265 {
14266 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14267 expanded_end = sals_end;
14268 }
14269 }
14270
14271 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14272 }
14273
14274 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14275 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14276
14277 static void
14278 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
14279 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14280 enum bptype type_wanted)
14281 {
14282 parse_breakpoint_sals (location, canonical);
14283 }
14284
14285 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14286 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14287 breakpoint_ops. */
14288
14289 static void
14290 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14291 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14292 char *cond_string,
14293 char *extra_string,
14294 enum bptype type_wanted,
14295 enum bpdisp disposition,
14296 int thread,
14297 int task, int ignore_count,
14298 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14299 int from_tty, int enabled,
14300 int internal, unsigned flags)
14301 {
14302 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14303 extra_string,
14304 type_wanted, disposition,
14305 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14306 enabled, internal, flags);
14307 }
14308
14309 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14310 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14311
14312 static void
14313 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint *b,
14314 const struct event_location *location,
14315 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14316 {
14317 struct linespec_result canonical;
14318
14319 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14320 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14321 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14322 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14323 b->filter);
14324
14325 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14326 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14327
14328 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14329 {
14330 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14331
14332 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14333 *sals = lsal->sals;
14334 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14335 contents. */
14336 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14337 }
14338
14339 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14340 }
14341
14342 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14343
14344 static struct cleanup *
14345 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14346 {
14347 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14348
14349 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14350 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14351 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14352 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14353 set_language (b->language);
14354
14355 return cleanups;
14356 }
14357
14358 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14359 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14360 Unused in this case. */
14361
14362 static int
14363 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14364 {
14365 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14366 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14367 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14368
14369 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14370 b->ops->re_set (b);
14371 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14372 return 0;
14373 }
14374
14375 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14376 void
14377 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14378 {
14379 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14380 enum language save_language;
14381 int save_input_radix;
14382 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14383
14384 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14385 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14386 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14387
14388 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14389 {
14390 /* Format possible error msg. */
14391 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14392 b->number);
14393 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14394 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14395 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14396 }
14397 set_language (save_language);
14398 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14399
14400 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14401
14402 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14403
14404 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14405 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14406 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14407 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14408 }
14409 \f
14410 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14411
14412 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14413 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14414 void
14415 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14416 {
14417 if (b->thread != -1)
14418 {
14419 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14420 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14421
14422 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14423 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14424 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14425 as well. */
14426 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14427 }
14428 }
14429
14430 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14431 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14432 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14433
14434 void
14435 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14436 {
14437 struct breakpoint *b;
14438
14439 if (count < 0)
14440 count = 0;
14441
14442 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14443 if (b->number == bptnum)
14444 {
14445 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14446 {
14447 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14448 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14449 bptnum);
14450 return;
14451 }
14452
14453 b->ignore_count = count;
14454 if (from_tty)
14455 {
14456 if (count == 0)
14457 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14458 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14459 bptnum);
14460 else if (count == 1)
14461 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14462 bptnum);
14463 else
14464 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14465 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14466 count, bptnum);
14467 }
14468 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14469 return;
14470 }
14471
14472 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14473 }
14474
14475 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14476
14477 static void
14478 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14479 {
14480 char *p = args;
14481 int num;
14482
14483 if (p == 0)
14484 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14485
14486 num = get_number (&p);
14487 if (num == 0)
14488 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14489 if (*p == 0)
14490 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14491
14492 set_ignore_count (num,
14493 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14494 from_tty);
14495 if (from_tty)
14496 printf_filtered ("\n");
14497 }
14498 \f
14499 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14500 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14501
14502 static void
14503 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14504 void *),
14505 void *data)
14506 {
14507 int num;
14508 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14509 int match;
14510 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14511
14512 if (args == 0 || *args == '\0')
14513 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14514
14515 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14516
14517 while (!state.finished)
14518 {
14519 const char *p = state.string;
14520
14521 match = 0;
14522
14523 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14524 if (num == 0)
14525 {
14526 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14527 }
14528 else
14529 {
14530 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14531 if (b->number == num)
14532 {
14533 match = 1;
14534 function (b, data);
14535 break;
14536 }
14537 if (match == 0)
14538 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14539 }
14540 }
14541 }
14542
14543 static struct bp_location *
14544 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14545 {
14546 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14547 char *p1;
14548 int bp_num;
14549 int loc_num;
14550 struct breakpoint *b;
14551 struct bp_location *loc;
14552
14553 *dot = '\0';
14554
14555 p1 = number;
14556 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14557 if (bp_num == 0)
14558 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14559
14560 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14561 if (b->number == bp_num)
14562 {
14563 break;
14564 }
14565
14566 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14567 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14568
14569 p1 = dot+1;
14570 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14571 if (loc_num == 0)
14572 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14573
14574 --loc_num;
14575 loc = b->loc;
14576 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14577 ;
14578 if (!loc)
14579 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14580
14581 return loc;
14582 }
14583
14584
14585 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14586 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14587 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14588
14589 void
14590 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14591 {
14592 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14593 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14594 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14595 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14596 return;
14597
14598 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14599
14600 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14601 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14602
14603 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14604 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14605 {
14606 struct bp_location *location;
14607
14608 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14609 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14610 }
14611
14612 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14613
14614 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14615 }
14616
14617 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14618
14619 static void
14620 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14621 {
14622 disable_breakpoint (b);
14623 }
14624
14625 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14626 disable_breakpoint. */
14627
14628 static void
14629 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14630 {
14631 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14632 }
14633
14634 static void
14635 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14636 {
14637 if (args == 0)
14638 {
14639 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14640
14641 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14642 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14643 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14644 }
14645 else
14646 {
14647 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14648
14649 while (num)
14650 {
14651 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14652 {
14653 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14654
14655 if (loc)
14656 {
14657 if (loc->enabled)
14658 {
14659 loc->enabled = 0;
14660 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14661 }
14662 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14663 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14664 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14665 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14666 }
14667 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14668 }
14669 else
14670 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14671 num = extract_arg (&args);
14672 }
14673 }
14674 }
14675
14676 static void
14677 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14678 int count)
14679 {
14680 int target_resources_ok;
14681
14682 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14683 {
14684 int i;
14685 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14686 target_resources_ok =
14687 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14688 i + 1, 0);
14689 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14690 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14691 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14692 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14693 }
14694
14695 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14696 {
14697 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14698 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = bp_disabled;
14699
14700 TRY
14701 {
14702 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14703
14704 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14705 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14706 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14707 }
14708 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14709 {
14710 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14711 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14712 bpt->number);
14713 return;
14714 }
14715 END_CATCH
14716 }
14717
14718 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14719
14720 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14721 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14722
14723 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14724 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14725 {
14726 struct bp_location *location;
14727
14728 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14729 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14730 }
14731
14732 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14733 bpt->enable_count = count;
14734 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14735
14736 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14737 }
14738
14739
14740 void
14741 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14742 {
14743 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14744 }
14745
14746 static void
14747 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14748 {
14749 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14750 }
14751
14752 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14753 enable_breakpoint. */
14754
14755 static void
14756 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14757 {
14758 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14759 }
14760
14761 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14762 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14763 in stopping the inferior. */
14764
14765 static void
14766 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14767 {
14768 if (args == 0)
14769 {
14770 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14771
14772 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14773 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14774 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14775 }
14776 else
14777 {
14778 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14779
14780 while (num)
14781 {
14782 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14783 {
14784 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14785
14786 if (loc)
14787 {
14788 if (!loc->enabled)
14789 {
14790 loc->enabled = 1;
14791 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14792 }
14793 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14794 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14795 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14796 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14797 }
14798 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14799 }
14800 else
14801 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14802 num = extract_arg (&args);
14803 }
14804 }
14805 }
14806
14807 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14808 breakpoints. */
14809
14810 struct disp_data
14811 {
14812 enum bpdisp disp;
14813 int count;
14814 };
14815
14816 static void
14817 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14818 {
14819 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14820
14821 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14822 }
14823
14824 static void
14825 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14826 {
14827 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14828
14829 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14830 }
14831
14832 static void
14833 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14834 {
14835 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14836 }
14837
14838 static void
14839 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14840 {
14841 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14842
14843 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14844 }
14845
14846 static void
14847 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14848 {
14849 int count;
14850
14851 if (args == NULL)
14852 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14853
14854 count = get_number (&args);
14855
14856 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14857 }
14858
14859 static void
14860 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14861 {
14862 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14863
14864 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14865 }
14866
14867 static void
14868 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14869 {
14870 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14871 }
14872 \f
14873 static void
14874 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14875 {
14876 }
14877
14878 static void
14879 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14880 {
14881 }
14882
14883 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14884 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14885 GDB itself. */
14886
14887 static void
14888 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14889 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14890 const bfd_byte *data)
14891 {
14892 struct breakpoint *bp;
14893
14894 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14895 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14896 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14897 {
14898 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14899
14900 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14901 {
14902 struct bp_location *loc;
14903
14904 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14905 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14906 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14907 && addr + len > loc->address)
14908 {
14909 value_free (wp->val);
14910 wp->val = NULL;
14911 wp->val_valid = 0;
14912 }
14913 }
14914 }
14915 }
14916
14917 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14918
14919 void
14920 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14921 struct address_space *aspace,
14922 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
14923 {
14924 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
14925 struct symtab_and_line sal;
14926 CORE_ADDR pc = next_pc;
14927
14928 if (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints == NULL)
14929 {
14930 tp->control.single_step_breakpoints
14931 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp->num, gdbarch);
14932 }
14933
14934 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
14935 sal.pc = pc;
14936 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
14937 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
14938 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints, &sal);
14939
14940 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
14941 }
14942
14943 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14944
14945 int
14946 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint *bp,
14947 struct address_space *aspace,
14948 CORE_ADDR pc)
14949 {
14950 struct bp_location *loc;
14951
14952 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14953 if (loc->inserted
14954 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
14955 return 1;
14956
14957 return 0;
14958 }
14959
14960 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14961 PC. */
14962
14963 int
14964 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
14965 CORE_ADDR pc)
14966 {
14967 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14968
14969 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14970 {
14971 if (bpt->type == bp_single_step
14972 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt, aspace, pc))
14973 return 1;
14974 }
14975 return 0;
14976 }
14977
14978 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14979
14980 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14981 static void
14982 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
14983 {
14984 tracepoint_count = num;
14985 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
14986 }
14987
14988 static void
14989 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14990 {
14991 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14992 struct event_location *location;
14993 struct cleanup *back_to;
14994
14995 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
14996 back_to = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
14997 if (location != NULL
14998 && event_location_type (location) == PROBE_LOCATION)
14999 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15000 else
15001 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15002
15003 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15004 location,
15005 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
15006 0 /* tempflag */,
15007 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15008 0 /* Ignore count */,
15009 pending_break_support,
15010 ops,
15011 from_tty,
15012 1 /* enabled */,
15013 0 /* internal */, 0);
15014 do_cleanups (back_to);
15015 }
15016
15017 static void
15018 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15019 {
15020 struct event_location *location;
15021 struct cleanup *back_to;
15022
15023 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
15024 back_to = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
15025 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15026 location,
15027 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
15028 0 /* tempflag */,
15029 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15030 0 /* Ignore count */,
15031 pending_break_support,
15032 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15033 from_tty,
15034 1 /* enabled */,
15035 0 /* internal */, 0);
15036 do_cleanups (back_to);
15037 }
15038
15039 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15040
15041 static void
15042 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15043 {
15044 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15045 struct event_location *location;
15046 struct cleanup *back_to;
15047
15048 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15049 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15050 if (arg && startswith (arg, "-m") && isspace (arg[2]))
15051 {
15052 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15053 location = new_linespec_location (&arg);
15054 }
15055 else
15056 {
15057 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15058 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
15059 }
15060
15061 back_to = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
15062 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15063 location,
15064 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
15065 0 /* tempflag */,
15066 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15067 0 /* Ignore count */,
15068 pending_break_support,
15069 ops,
15070 from_tty,
15071 1 /* enabled */,
15072 0 /* internal */, 0);
15073 do_cleanups (back_to);
15074 }
15075
15076 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15077 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15078
15079 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15080 static int next_cmd;
15081
15082 static char *
15083 read_uploaded_action (void)
15084 {
15085 char *rslt;
15086
15087 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15088
15089 next_cmd++;
15090
15091 return rslt;
15092 }
15093
15094 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15095 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15096 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15097 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15098 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15099
15100 struct tracepoint *
15101 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15102 {
15103 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15104 struct tracepoint *tp;
15105 struct event_location *location;
15106 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15107
15108 if (utp->at_string)
15109 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15110 else
15111 {
15112 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15113 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15114 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15115 user. */
15116 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15117 "source location, using raw address"),
15118 utp->number);
15119 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15120 addr_str = small_buf;
15121 }
15122
15123 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15124 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15125 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15126 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15127 utp->number);
15128
15129 location = string_to_event_location (&addr_str, current_language);
15130 cleanup = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
15131 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15132 location,
15133 utp->cond_string, -1, addr_str,
15134 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15135 0 /* tempflag */,
15136 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15137 0 /* Ignore count */,
15138 pending_break_support,
15139 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15140 0 /* from_tty */,
15141 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15142 0 /* internal */,
15143 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15144 {
15145 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15146 return NULL;
15147 }
15148
15149 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15150
15151 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15152 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15153 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15154
15155 if (utp->pass > 0)
15156 {
15157 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15158 tp->base.number);
15159
15160 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15161 }
15162
15163 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15164 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15165 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15166 function. */
15167 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15168 {
15169 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15170
15171 this_utp = utp;
15172 next_cmd = 0;
15173
15174 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15175
15176 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15177 }
15178 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15179 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15180 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15181 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15182 utp->number);
15183
15184 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15185 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15186 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15187
15188 return tp;
15189 }
15190
15191 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15192 omitted. */
15193
15194 static void
15195 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15196 {
15197 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15198 int num_printed;
15199
15200 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15201
15202 if (num_printed == 0)
15203 {
15204 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15205 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15206 else
15207 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15208 }
15209
15210 default_collect_info ();
15211 }
15212
15213 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15214 Not supported by all targets. */
15215 static void
15216 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15217 {
15218 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15219 }
15220
15221 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15222 Not supported by all targets. */
15223 static void
15224 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15225 {
15226 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15227 }
15228
15229 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15230 static void
15231 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15232 {
15233 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15234
15235 dont_repeat ();
15236
15237 if (arg == 0)
15238 {
15239 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15240
15241 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15242 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15243 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15244 argument. */
15245 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15246 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15247 {
15248 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15249 break;
15250 }
15251
15252 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15253 if (!from_tty
15254 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15255 {
15256 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15257 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15258 delete_breakpoint (b);
15259 }
15260 }
15261 else
15262 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15263 }
15264
15265 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15266
15267 static void
15268 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15269 {
15270 tp->pass_count = count;
15271 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15272 if (from_tty)
15273 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15274 tp->base.number, count);
15275 }
15276
15277 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15278
15279 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15280 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15281 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15282
15283 static void
15284 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15285 {
15286 struct tracepoint *t1;
15287 unsigned int count;
15288
15289 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15290 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15291 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15292
15293 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15294
15295 args = skip_spaces (args);
15296 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15297 {
15298 struct breakpoint *b;
15299
15300 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15301 if (*args)
15302 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15303
15304 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15305 {
15306 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15307 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15308 }
15309 }
15310 else if (*args == '\0')
15311 {
15312 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
15313 if (t1)
15314 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15315 }
15316 else
15317 {
15318 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15319
15320 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15321 while (!state.finished)
15322 {
15323 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state);
15324 if (t1)
15325 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15326 }
15327 }
15328 }
15329
15330 struct tracepoint *
15331 get_tracepoint (int num)
15332 {
15333 struct breakpoint *t;
15334
15335 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15336 if (t->number == num)
15337 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15338
15339 return NULL;
15340 }
15341
15342 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15343 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15344 reconnecting). */
15345
15346 struct tracepoint *
15347 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15348 {
15349 struct breakpoint *b;
15350
15351 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15352 {
15353 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15354
15355 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15356 return t;
15357 }
15358
15359 return NULL;
15360 }
15361
15362 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15363 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15364 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15365 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15366
15367 struct tracepoint *
15368 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15369 struct get_number_or_range_state *state)
15370 {
15371 struct breakpoint *t;
15372 int tpnum;
15373 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15374
15375 if (state)
15376 {
15377 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15378 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15379 }
15380 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15381 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15382 else
15383 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15384
15385 if (tpnum <= 0)
15386 {
15387 if (instring && *instring)
15388 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15389 instring);
15390 else
15391 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15392 return NULL;
15393 }
15394
15395 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15396 if (t->number == tpnum)
15397 {
15398 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15399 }
15400
15401 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15402 return NULL;
15403 }
15404
15405 void
15406 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15407 {
15408 if (b->thread != -1)
15409 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15410
15411 if (b->task != 0)
15412 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15413
15414 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15415 }
15416
15417 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15418 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15419 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15420 non-zero. */
15421
15422 static void
15423 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15424 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15425 {
15426 struct breakpoint *tp;
15427 int any = 0;
15428 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15429 struct ui_file *fp;
15430 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15431
15432 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15433 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15434
15435 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15436 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15437 {
15438 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15439 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15440 continue;
15441
15442 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15443 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15444 continue;
15445
15446 any = 1;
15447
15448 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15449 {
15450 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15451
15452 /* We can stop searching. */
15453 break;
15454 }
15455 }
15456
15457 if (!any)
15458 {
15459 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15460 return;
15461 }
15462
15463 filename = tilde_expand (filename);
15464 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, filename);
15465 fp = gdb_fopen (filename, "w");
15466 if (!fp)
15467 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15468 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15469 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15470
15471 if (extra_trace_bits)
15472 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15473
15474 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15475 {
15476 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15477 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15478 continue;
15479
15480 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15481 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15482 continue;
15483
15484 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15485
15486 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15487 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15488 instead. */
15489
15490 if (tp->cond_string)
15491 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15492
15493 if (tp->ignore_count)
15494 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15495
15496 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15497 {
15498 struct gdb_exception exception;
15499
15500 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15501
15502 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15503 TRY
15504 {
15505 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15506 }
15507 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15508 {
15509 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15510 throw_exception (ex);
15511 }
15512 END_CATCH
15513
15514 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15515 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15516 }
15517
15518 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15519 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum\n");
15520
15521 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15522 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15523 special, and not user visible. */
15524 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15525 {
15526 struct bp_location *loc;
15527 int n = 1;
15528
15529 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15530 if (!loc->enabled)
15531 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15532 }
15533 }
15534
15535 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15536 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15537
15538 if (from_tty)
15539 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15540 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15541 }
15542
15543 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15544
15545 static void
15546 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15547 {
15548 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15549 }
15550
15551 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15552
15553 static void
15554 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15555 {
15556 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15557 }
15558
15559 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15560
15561 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15562 all_tracepoints (void)
15563 {
15564 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15565 struct breakpoint *tp;
15566
15567 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15568 {
15569 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15570 }
15571
15572 return tp_vec;
15573 }
15574
15575 \f
15576 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15577 locations used by several commands. */
15578
15579 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15580 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15581 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15582 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15583 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15584 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15585 \n\
15586 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15587 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15588 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15589 \n\
15590 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15591 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15592 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15593 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15594 -function fact -label the_top\".\n"
15595
15596 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15597 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15598 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15599 command. */
15600
15601 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15602 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15603 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15604 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15605 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15606 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15607 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15608 below.\n\
15609 \n\
15610 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15611 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15612 \n\
15613 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15614 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15615 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15616 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15617 conditions are different.\n\
15618 \n\
15619 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15620
15621 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15622 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15623
15624 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15625 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15626
15627 void
15628 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15629 cmd_sfunc_ftype *sfunc,
15630 completer_ftype *completer,
15631 void *user_data_catch,
15632 void *user_data_tcatch)
15633 {
15634 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15635
15636 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15637 &catch_cmdlist);
15638 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15639 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15640 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15641
15642 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15643 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15644 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15645 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15646 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15647 }
15648
15649 static void
15650 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15651 {
15652 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15653 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15654 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", all_commands, gdb_stdout);
15655 }
15656
15657 struct breakpoint *
15658 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15659 void *data)
15660 {
15661 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15662
15663 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15664 {
15665 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15666 return b;
15667 }
15668
15669 return NULL;
15670 }
15671
15672 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15673 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15674
15675 static int
15676 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15677 {
15678 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15679 non-inline function. */
15680 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15681 return 1;
15682
15683 return 0;
15684 }
15685
15686 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15687 have been inlined. */
15688
15689 int
15690 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15691 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15692 {
15693 struct breakpoint *b;
15694 struct bp_location *bl;
15695
15696 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15697 {
15698 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15699 continue;
15700
15701 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15702 {
15703 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15704 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15705 return 1;
15706 }
15707 }
15708
15709 return 0;
15710 }
15711
15712 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15713
15714 void
15715 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15716 {
15717 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15718
15719 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15720 if (loc->symtab != NULL && SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc->symtab) == objfile)
15721 loc->symtab = NULL;
15722 }
15723
15724 void
15725 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15726 {
15727 static int initialized = 0;
15728
15729 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15730
15731 if (initialized)
15732 return;
15733 initialized = 1;
15734
15735 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15736 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15737 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15738 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15739 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15740 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15741 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15742 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15743 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15744 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_create_sals_from_location;
15745 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15746 ops->decode_location = bkpt_decode_location;
15747
15748 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15749 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15750 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15751 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15752 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15753 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15754 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15755 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15756
15757 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15758 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15759 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15760 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15761 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15762 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15763 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15764 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15765 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15766 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15767
15768 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15769 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15770 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15771 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15772 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15773 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15774 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15775
15776 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15777 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15778 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15779 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15780 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15781 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15782 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15783
15784 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15785 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15786 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15787 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15788
15789 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15790 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15791 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15792 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15793 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15794 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location;
15795 ops->decode_location = bkpt_probe_decode_location;
15796
15797 /* Watchpoints. */
15798 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15799 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15800 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15801 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15802 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15803 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15804 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15805 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15806 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15807 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15808 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15809 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15810 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15811 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
15812
15813 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15814 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15815 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15816 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15817 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15818 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15819 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15820 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15821 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15822 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15823 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15824
15825 /* Tracepoints. */
15826 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15827 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15828 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15829 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15830 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15831 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15832 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15833 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_create_sals_from_location;
15834 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15835 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_decode_location;
15836
15837 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15838 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15839 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15840 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location;
15841 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_probe_decode_location;
15842
15843 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15844 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15845 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15846 ops->create_sals_from_location = strace_marker_create_sals_from_location;
15847 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15848 ops->decode_location = strace_marker_decode_location;
15849
15850 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15851 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15852 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15853 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15854 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15855 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15856 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15857 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15858 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15859 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15860
15861 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15862 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15863 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15864 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15865 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15866 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15867 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15868 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15869 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15870 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15871
15872 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15873 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15874 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15875 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15876 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15877 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15878 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15879 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15880 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15881 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15882 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15883
15884 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15885 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15886 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15887 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15888 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15889 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15890 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15891 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15892 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15893 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15894 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15895 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15896
15897 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15898 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15899 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
15900 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15901 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15902 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15903 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
15904 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
15905 ops->breakpoint_hit = dprintf_breakpoint_hit;
15906 }
15907
15908 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15909
15910 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
15911
15912 void
15913 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15914 {
15915 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15916
15917 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15918
15919 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15920 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
15921 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15922
15923 breakpoint_objfile_key
15924 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
15925
15926 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15927 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15928 before a breakpoint is set. */
15929 breakpoint_count = 0;
15930
15931 tracepoint_count = 0;
15932
15933 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15934 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15935 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15936
15937 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
15938 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15939 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15940 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15941 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15942 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15943 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15944 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15945
15946 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15947 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15948 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15949 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15950 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
15951
15952 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15953 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15954 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15955 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15956 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15957 \n"
15958 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15959 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15960
15961 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15962 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15963 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15964 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15965 \n"
15966 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15967 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15968
15969 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
15970 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15971 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15972 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15973 \n"
15974 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15975 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15976
15977 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15978 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15979 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15980 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15981 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15982 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15983 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15984
15985 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15986
15987 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15988 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15989 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15990 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15991 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15992 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
15993
15994 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15995 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15996 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15997 &enablebreaklist);
15998
15999 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16000 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16001 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16002 &enablebreaklist);
16003
16004 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16005 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16006 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16007 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16008 &enablebreaklist);
16009
16010 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16011 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16012 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16013 &enablelist);
16014
16015 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16016 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16017 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16018 &enablelist);
16019
16020 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16021 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16022 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16023 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16024 &enablelist);
16025
16026 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16027 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16028 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16029 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16030 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16031 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16032 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16033 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16034
16035 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16036 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16037 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16038 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16039 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16040 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16041 &disablelist);
16042
16043 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16044 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16045 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16046 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16047 \n\
16048 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16049 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16050 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16051 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16052 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16053
16054 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16055 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16056 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16057 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16058 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16059 &deletelist);
16060
16061 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16062 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
16063 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
16064 \n\
16065 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16066 is executing in.\n"
16067 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
16068 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16069 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16070
16071 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16072 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
16073 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16074 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16075
16076 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16077 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16078 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16079 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16080
16081 if (dbx_commands)
16082 {
16083 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16084 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16085 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16086 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16087 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16088 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16089 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16090 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16091 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16092 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16093 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16094 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16095 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16096 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16097 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16098 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16099 \n\
16100 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16101 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16102 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16103 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16104 breakpoint set."));
16105 }
16106
16107 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16108 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16109 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16110 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16111 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16112 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16113 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16114 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16115 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16116 \n\
16117 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16118 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16119 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16120 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16121 breakpoint set."));
16122
16123 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16124
16125 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16126 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16127 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16128 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16129 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16130 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16131 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16132 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16133 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16134 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16135 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16136 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16137 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16138 \n\
16139 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16140 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16141 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16142 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16143 breakpoint set."),
16144 &maintenanceinfolist);
16145
16146 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16147 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16148 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16149 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16150
16151 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16152 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16153 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16154 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16155
16156 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16157 catch_fork_command_1,
16158 NULL,
16159 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16160 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16161 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16162 catch_fork_command_1,
16163 NULL,
16164 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16165 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16166 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16167 catch_exec_command_1,
16168 NULL,
16169 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16170 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16171 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16172 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16173 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16174 catch_load_command_1,
16175 NULL,
16176 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16177 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16178 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16179 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16180 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16181 catch_unload_command_1,
16182 NULL,
16183 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16184 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16185
16186 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16187 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16188 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16189 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16190 an expression changes.\n\
16191 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16192 the memory to which it refers."));
16193 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16194
16195 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16196 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16197 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16198 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16199 an expression is read.\n\
16200 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16201 the memory to which it refers."));
16202 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16203
16204 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16205 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16206 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16207 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16208 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16209 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16210 the memory to which it refers."));
16211 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16212
16213 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16214 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16215
16216 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16217 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16218 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16219 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16220 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16221 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16222 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16223 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16224 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16225 hardware.)"),
16226 NULL,
16227 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16228 &setlist, &showlist);
16229
16230 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16231
16232 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16233
16234 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16235 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16236 \n"
16237 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16238 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16239 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16240
16241 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16242 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16243 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16244 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16245
16246 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16247 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16248 \n"
16249 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16250 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16251 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16252
16253 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16254 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
16255 \n\
16256 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16257 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
16258 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
16259 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
16260 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
16261 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16262 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16263 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16264 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16265 \n\
16266 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16267 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
16268 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16269 conditions are different.\n\
16270 \n\
16271 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16272 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16273 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16274
16275 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16276 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16277 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16278 last tracepoint set."));
16279
16280 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16281
16282 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16283 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16284 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16285 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16286 &deletelist);
16287 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16288
16289 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16290 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16291 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16292 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16293 &disablelist);
16294 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16295
16296 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16297 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16298 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16299 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16300 &enablelist);
16301 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16302
16303 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16304 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16305 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16306 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16307 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16308
16309 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16310 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16311 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16312 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16313
16314 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16315 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16316 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16317 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16318 session to restore them."),
16319 &save_cmdlist);
16320 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16321
16322 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16323 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16324 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16325 &save_cmdlist);
16326 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16327
16328 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16329 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16330
16331 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16332 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16333 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16334 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16335 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16336 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16337 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16338 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16339 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16340 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16341 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16342 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16343
16344 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16345 &pending_break_support, _("\
16346 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16347 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16348 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16349 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16350 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16351 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16352 NULL,
16353 show_pending_break_support,
16354 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16355 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16356
16357 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16358
16359 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16360 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16361 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16362 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16363 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16364 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16365 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16366 NULL,
16367 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16368 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16369 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16370
16371 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16372 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16373 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16374 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16375 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16376 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16377 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16378 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16379 when execution stops."),
16380 NULL,
16381 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16382 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16383 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16384
16385 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16386 condition_evaluation_enums,
16387 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16388 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16389 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16390 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16391 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16392 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16393 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16394 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16395 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16396 be set to \"gdb\""),
16397 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16398 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16399 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16400 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16401
16402 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16403 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16404 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16405 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16406 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16407 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16408 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16409 or the start of the range\n\
16410 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16411 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16412 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16413 \n\
16414 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16415 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16416 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16417
16418 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16419 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16420 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16421 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16422 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING));
16423 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16424
16425 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16426 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16427 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16428 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16429 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16430 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16431 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16432 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16433 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16434 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16435 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16436 &setlist, &showlist);
16437
16438 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16439 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16440 &dprintf_function, _("\
16441 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16442 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16443 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16444 &setlist, &showlist);
16445
16446 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16447 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16448 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16449 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16450 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16451 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16452 &setlist, &showlist);
16453
16454 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16455 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16456 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16457 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16458 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16459 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16460 NULL,
16461 NULL,
16462 &setlist, &showlist);
16463
16464 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16465 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16466 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16467
16468 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16469
16470 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16471 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints);
16472 }
This page took 0.479083 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.